28.04.2014 Views

Student Handbook 2013 - Merced College

Student Handbook 2013 - Merced College

Student Handbook 2013 - Merced College

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

Create successful ePaper yourself

Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.

MERCED COLLEGE<br />

DIAGNOSTIC MEDICAL SONOGRAPHY<br />

STUDENT HANDBOOK<br />

Revised November <strong>2013</strong><br />

i


Table of Contents<br />

I. Introduction……………………………………………………………………………2<br />

A. Welcome<br />

B. Purpose of <strong>Handbook</strong><br />

C. <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> Philosophy<br />

D. Programmatic Philosophy<br />

E. Objectives<br />

II. Accreditation………………………………………………………………………….6<br />

A. <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

B. Diagnostic Medical Sonography Program<br />

III. Attendance…………………………………………………………………………….6<br />

A. Enrollment<br />

B. Attendance<br />

C. Excessive Absences or Tardiness<br />

D. Holidays<br />

E. Vacation<br />

F. Professional Development<br />

G. Sick Leave<br />

H. Funeral Leave<br />

I. Jury Duty<br />

J. Make up Time<br />

K. Completion of Clinical Hours<br />

IV.<br />

Scholarship Criteria & Information…………………………………………………9<br />

A. Grade Computation<br />

B. Scholarship and Promotion<br />

C. Class Drops<br />

D. Incomplete Grades ( "I" )<br />

E. Unsatisfactory Progress – Probation<br />

F. Suspension<br />

G. Academic Dishonesty<br />

H. Conduct<br />

I. Nonacademic Counseling<br />

J. Re-Admission<br />

K. Pinning Ceremony & Receipt of Certificate of Achievement<br />

L. Job Placement<br />

M. ARDMS Sanctions<br />

N. National Examination<br />

V. <strong>Student</strong> Rights and Grievances (Administrative Procedure 5530)………..19<br />

A. District <strong>Student</strong> Rights and Grievances Procedure<br />

B. General Statement Regarding Clinical Setting<br />

VI.<br />

Records………………………………………………………………………………..20<br />

A. <strong>Student</strong> Records<br />

B. Patient Records<br />

ii


VII. Financial Expenditures……………………………………………..……….20<br />

A. Fees<br />

B. Additional Expenses - estimates<br />

C. Licensing<br />

D. Books<br />

E. Drop/Withdrawal Refunds<br />

VIII. General Policies……………………………………………………….……22<br />

A. Changes in Personal Data<br />

B. CPR Requirement<br />

C. Employment<br />

D. Health<br />

E. Immunizations<br />

F. TB Screening & General Updates<br />

G. Infectious Disease Control Policy<br />

H. Library References<br />

I. Right of Privacy<br />

J. Sexual Harassment Policy<br />

K. Transportation<br />

L. Use of Drugs<br />

M. Visitors<br />

N. Positioning Disclaimer<br />

O. Background Clearance<br />

P. Drug Screening<br />

Q. Graffiti<br />

IX. Insurance, Accidents and Incidents…………………………………….28<br />

A. <strong>Student</strong> Clinical Injury<br />

B. Incidents<br />

X. Clinical Assignments……………………………………………………....28<br />

XI. <strong>Student</strong> Dress and Grooming for Clinical Education………………..29<br />

A. Uniforms<br />

B. Grooming<br />

C. Jewelry<br />

D. Body Art<br />

E. Miscellaneous<br />

XII. <strong>Student</strong> Orientation to Clinical Facilities………………………………..32<br />

XIII. Clinical Experience………………………………………………………….32<br />

A. Duties of a <strong>Student</strong> Sonographer<br />

B. Clinical Placement<br />

C. Scheduling<br />

D. Clinical Hours<br />

E. Clinical Exams<br />

F. <strong>Student</strong> Evaluation of Clinical Experience<br />

G. Breaks and Lunch<br />

H. Personal Phone Calls<br />

I. Early Release<br />

J. New Facility Orientation<br />

iii


XIV.<br />

XV.<br />

XVI.<br />

K. Removal of Cervical Collars<br />

L. Cutting Away of Patient Clothing<br />

M. <strong>Student</strong> Availability During Site Visits<br />

N. Handwashing<br />

O. Personal Protective Equipment<br />

P. Miscellaneous<br />

Clinical Radiation Protection Rules………………………………………35<br />

Pregnancy Policy and Procedures………………………………………..36<br />

<strong>Student</strong> Supervision…………………………………………………………37<br />

A. Direct<br />

B. Indirect<br />

XVII. Personnel Descriptions……………………………………………………..38<br />

XVIII. Professionalism, Job Description…………………………………………39<br />

A. Description of Profession<br />

B. Scope of Practice-Overview<br />

C. SDMS Scope of Practice for the Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional<br />

D. SDMS Code of Ethics<br />

E. Diagnostic Ultrasound Clinical Practice Standards<br />

F. “Registry Eligible”<br />

G. Professional Job Description: Example<br />

H. <strong>Student</strong> Memberships in Professional Organizations<br />

XIX. Patient Safety and Risk Management……………………………………52<br />

A. Age Appropriate Care<br />

B. Process of Reporting Complications (includes Incident Report)<br />

C. Infectious Diseases<br />

D. Communicable Diseases<br />

E. Transducer Cleaning<br />

F. Universal Precautions<br />

G. Emergency Procedures<br />

XXI. Equipment Safety and Maintenance………………………………………58<br />

XXII. Technical Protocols………………………………………………………….59<br />

A. General Policy: Ensuring Medical Necessity<br />

B. AIUM Policy Guidelines<br />

C. AIUM Documentation of Ultrasound Examinations<br />

D. AIUM Guidelines for Abdomen & Retroperitoneum<br />

E. Abdominal and Superficial Exams<br />

Liver (AIUM and MC)<br />

Gallbladder and Biliary Tree (AIUM and MC)<br />

Pancreas (AIUM and MC)<br />

Bowel and Peritoneal Fluid (AIUM)<br />

Aorta, IVC (AIUM and MC)<br />

Urinary Tract: Kidneys, Urinary Bladder, Adrenal Glands (AIUM and<br />

MC)<br />

Spleen (AIUM and MC)<br />

Appendix (MC)<br />

Abdominal Wall (AIUM and MC)<br />

iv


FAST (AIUM and MC)<br />

Scrotum (AIUM and MC)<br />

Prostate (AIUM and MC)<br />

Thyroid, Cervical Lymph Nodes, and Parathyroid (AIUM and MC)<br />

Breast (AIUM and MC)<br />

F. Gynecology and Obstetrics<br />

Gynecology (AIUM and MC)<br />

Obstetrics (AIUM and MC)<br />

G. Musculoskeletal (AIUM)<br />

H. Neurosonography (AIUM and MC)<br />

I. Basic Vascular<br />

Extracranial Cerbrovascular System (AIUM)<br />

Peripheral Arterial (AIUM)<br />

Peripheral Venous (AIUM)<br />

XXII. Ergonomics……………………………………………………………….131<br />

XVIII. Appendices……………………………………………………………….134<br />

A. Hepatitis A & B Vaccine Notice & Status<br />

B. Remediation Plan and Outcome<br />

C. Academic Honesty Procedure<br />

D. <strong>Student</strong>’s Consent to Background Clearance & Drug Screening<br />

E. <strong>Student</strong> Acceptance Form<br />

F. Clinical Rotation Acknowledgement Form<br />

G. Clinical Orientation Forms<br />

v


Overview of the Diagnostic Medical Sonography Program<br />

The Sonography Program is a full-time, 18 month allied vocational health program. The<br />

purpose of the program is to provide didactic education and practical experience as<br />

preparation for employment as a sonographer in a medical imaging facility.<br />

The program is divided into two components: (a) didactic with laboratory, and (b) clinical<br />

education. Graduates of the program are awarded a Certificate of Achievement in<br />

Diagnostic Medical Sonography, and are eligible to sit for the SPI, ABD, and OB-GYN<br />

American Registry for Diagnostic Medical Sonography board examinations.<br />

The didactic portion of the program facilitates learning in the following areas: General<br />

Sonography: Abdomen, OB-GYN, Superficial Structures, and an introduction to vascular<br />

technology. The basic on-campus scanning procedures required are included within this<br />

handbook.<br />

Continued programmatic eligibility: the student must complete all didactic and laboratory<br />

courses sequentially in conjunction with completing the entire clinical education<br />

component.<br />

1


I. Introduction<br />

A. Welcome<br />

Welcome to the Diagnostic Medical Sonography Program! It is my pleasure, as the<br />

Director, to congratulate you on your acceptance to the program, and to wish you<br />

success in your newly chosen health career.<br />

As a student in the Diagnostic Medical Sonography Program, you represent <strong>Merced</strong><br />

<strong>College</strong> and the Diagnostic Medical Sonography program. The highest ethical and<br />

professional standards of conduct will be expected of you at all times.<br />

My responsibility is to direct and facilitate your educational experience with a final<br />

outcome: the privilege to write RDMS (Registered Diagnostic Medical Sonographer) after<br />

your name. You are responsible for learning the material (reading; studying; practicing in<br />

open lab; attending class, lab and clinic); time management, professional behavior, and<br />

enjoying every aspect of personal development in this exciting career.<br />

The program requires 18 consecutive months as a full-time student to complete. The<br />

Sonography Program is rigorous and fast-paced. The curriculum consists of lecture,<br />

collaboration, laboratory, library research, homework, individual and group projects,<br />

diagnostic-quality sonographic image creation, portfolio creation, and practical clinical<br />

experience. Professorially directed laboratory sections are held on campus in the<br />

Sonography Scanning Suite by means of hands-on live scanning, and simulation<br />

scanning.<br />

Clinical practicum consists of four (4) rotations at our affiliated hospitals and clinics under<br />

the guidance and direction of credentialed sonographers, hospital/clinical managers, and<br />

board certified Radiologists/Sonologists. The clinical component requires 100% clinical<br />

attendance. Success in the clinical arena requires excellent patient care and<br />

communication skills, your ability to function as a team member, sonographic<br />

performance, and professional interaction with our clinical personnel. Your total<br />

commitment to the program is a major component to your successful completion of the<br />

program and becoming an erudite sonographer. The secret to success in the clinical<br />

arena: remember the clinical experience is a full-time interview.<br />

B. Purpose of <strong>Handbook</strong><br />

This handbook is designed to serve as an informational guide to assist in the orientation<br />

of new students and to clarify policies and procedures governing your actions and<br />

practices while a student in the program. This handbook is designed to be utilized as a<br />

supplement to the <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> Catalog and the Clinical Competency <strong>Handbook</strong>. It is<br />

expected that the students will be familiar with the following information. <strong>Student</strong>s are<br />

expected to comply with the policies and procedures contained within this handbook<br />

throughout their educational experience.<br />

Whenever possible, data from the Society of Diagnostic Medical Sonography (SDMS),<br />

the American Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine (AIUM), the American Registry for<br />

Diagnostic Medical Sonography (ARDMS), and the American Registry of Radiologic<br />

Technologists (ARRT) has been included. Document inclusion consists of data<br />

approved for reprinting or includes reference documentation.<br />

The DMS student is encouraged to read this document carefully, and to place in an<br />

accessible location. This document will serve as your primary programmatic reference<br />

2


tool throughout your educational experience. Please contact the program director for<br />

clarification or additional information.<br />

C. <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> Philosophy<br />

A democratic society functions best when its members are educated and active<br />

participants. To encourage this participation, <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> provides education<br />

opportunity for all who qualify and can benefit. This education involves having a respect<br />

for, and awareness of, all cultures, as well as the dignity and worth of all individuals.<br />

<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> is dedicated to the pursuit of excellence. The leadership and educational<br />

services provided by the <strong>College</strong> reflect and enhance the cultural, economic, and social<br />

life of the community and respond to its changing needs and interests. Recognizing that<br />

learning is a life-long process, the <strong>College</strong> provides preparation for a complex and<br />

changing society while maintaining high academic standards. The <strong>College</strong> also fosters<br />

individual learning and critical thinking to enhance awareness of the inter-relationship and<br />

inter-dependence of all persons.<br />

Mission Statement<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s are our focus and we are known by their success.<br />

Vision Statement<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s are our focus at <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>. We set high standards to encourage students<br />

to reach their highest potential in a supportive environment. Diversity is a strength of our<br />

institution. <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> is a leader in instruction and cultural activities. We value and<br />

respect all members of our community. We are known by the success of our students.<br />

Core Values and Beliefs<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s, both current and potential, are the focus of <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> establishes high standards and provides a challenging education<br />

to encourage students to reach their highest potential.<br />

<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> respects and values all members of its community.<br />

<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> serves the community by responding to the cultural, educational,<br />

technological, and economic development challenges.<br />

Fostering and maintaining diversity is a strength of the institution.<br />

<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> provides a nurturing and joyful environment.<br />

D. Sonography Program Philosophy<br />

We believe that all people have the right to safe and competent medical care. We further<br />

believe that students have a right and a responsibility to learn and faculty have an<br />

obligation to ensure a curriculum that prepares students to practice in the professional<br />

discipline. To ensure this outcome, we provide an educational training program<br />

dedicated to the pursuit of excellence.<br />

Mission<br />

The mission of the Sonography Program is to provide relevant education in the cognitive,<br />

psychomotor, and affective learning domains to prepare competent, and responsible<br />

entry-level general, or cardiac, sonographers, with a commitment to life-long learning.<br />

Goals<br />

In support of this Mission, the Diagnostic Medical Sonography Program:<br />

will uphold standards for satisfactory educational preparation for entry-level work<br />

experience<br />

will provide a curriculum which<br />

o supports and assesses the knowledge and skills required to intelligently<br />

3


perform entry-level tasks to practice the profession;<br />

will encourage students to develop<br />

o effective communication skills<br />

o critical thinking and problem solving skills<br />

o commitment to life-long professional learning<br />

will advocate and expect ethical and compassionate treatment of patients.<br />

SLOs (<strong>Student</strong> Learning Outcomes)<br />

Upon completion of the Diagnostic Medical Sonography Program, students will be able<br />

to:<br />

1. Describe the acoustic parameters of sound waves<br />

2. Relate accurate medical terminology<br />

3. Prioritize patient transfer, immobilization techniques, and safety precautions<br />

4. Recommend methods to assure patient privacy<br />

5. Recognize patient clinical history, which may impact the sonographic exam<br />

6. Design individualized patient assessment plans<br />

7. Calculate geometric mesasurements of anatomic structures<br />

8. Evaluate sonographic images for optimal acoustic resolution<br />

9. Select the appropriate sonographic instrumentation, while maintaining ALARA<br />

10. Correlate clinical indications and laboratory values<br />

11. Create diagnostic sonographic exams using recognized scanning parameters<br />

12. Evaluate anatomic structures on sonographic images<br />

13. Assess sonographic images for specific pathologies<br />

14. Describe sonographic pathologies and sequelae relative to specific diseases<br />

15. Differentiate normal and abnormal sonographic appearances<br />

16. Select correct ergonomic devices and techniques<br />

17. Compile effective data acquisition for submission to the interpreting physician<br />

18. Describe the importance for sonographic quality assurance programs<br />

19. Compare and contrast emerging sonographic techniques<br />

20. Analyze academic strengths and weaknesses to determine corrective measures<br />

required to successfully pass a pre-registry written examination<br />

21. Evaluate prospective employment opportunities<br />

22. Formulate a personal vocational plan<br />

4


E. Objectives<br />

The Diagnostic Medical Sonography Program faculty believe that the philosophy of the<br />

program can be fulfilled through providing a curriculum that encompasses all the areas<br />

required to prepare students to practice in the professional discipline. Since sonography<br />

is a practice discipline, the objectives will reflect what areas a graduate sonographer will<br />

be competent. The objectives reflect those areas included in the curriculum content as<br />

stated in the Standards and Guidelines for Diagnostic Medical Sonography from the<br />

Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs (CAAHEP) in<br />

conjunction with the Joint Review Committee on Education in Diagnostic Medical<br />

Sonography (JRCDMS). At the completion of the Program, the student will be prepared<br />

to practice in the professional discipline because, at a minimum, they are competent in<br />

the following areas:<br />

1. Oral and written communication<br />

2. Provide basic patient care and comfort<br />

3. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of human gross anatomy and<br />

sectional anatomy<br />

4. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of physiology, pathology, and<br />

pathophysiology<br />

5. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of acoustic physics, Doppler<br />

ultrasound principles, and ultrasound instrumentation<br />

6. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the interaction between<br />

ultrasound and tissue and the probability of biological effects in clinical<br />

examinations including:<br />

a. Biologic effects<br />

b. Pertinent in-vitro and in-vivo studies<br />

c. Exposure display indices<br />

d. Generally accepted maximum safe exposure levels<br />

e. ALARA principle<br />

7. Employ professional judgment and discretion<br />

8. Understand the fundamental elements for implementing a quality assurance and<br />

Improvement program, and the policies, procedures for the general function of<br />

the ultrasound laboratory, including<br />

a. Administrative procedures<br />

b. Quality control procedures<br />

c. Elements of quality assurance program<br />

d. Records maintenance<br />

e. Personnel and fiscal management<br />

f. Trends in health care systems<br />

9. Recognize the importance of continuing education<br />

10. Recognize the importance of, and employ, ergonomically correct scanning<br />

Techniques<br />

11. Demonstrate the ability to perform sonographic examinations of the abdomen,<br />

superficial structures, non-cardiac chest, and the gravid and nongravid pelvis<br />

according to protocol guidelines established by national professional<br />

organizations and the protocol of the employing institution utilizing real-time<br />

equipment with both transabdominal and endocavitary transducers, and Doppler<br />

display modes.<br />

5


II.<br />

Accreditation<br />

A. <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> is approved by the Chancellor of the California Community<br />

<strong>College</strong>s and Accrediting Commission for Community and Junior <strong>College</strong>s,<br />

Western Association of Schools and <strong>College</strong>s (ACCJC-WASCO). It meets all<br />

standards of the California State Department of Education and is listed in the<br />

Education Directory, Higher Education, published by the United States Office of<br />

Education. The University of California and other colleges and universities of<br />

high rank give full credit for appropriate courses completed at <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />

B. Diagnostic Medical Sonography Program<br />

The Diagnostic Medical Sonography Program, which leads to eligibility to write<br />

the SPI, AB, and OB-GYN sonography examinations by the American Registry<br />

for Diagnostic Medical Sonography (ARDMS). The General Sonography Track is<br />

accredited by the Joint Review Committee on Education in Diagnostic Medical<br />

Sonography (*JRC-DMS) in conjunction with the Commission on Accreditation of<br />

Allied Health Education Programs (**CAAHEP.)<br />

*JRC-DMS: Joint Review Committee on Education in Diagnostic Medical<br />

Sonography, 6021 University Boulevard, Suite 500, Ellicott City, MD<br />

21043; www.jrcdms.org<br />

**CAAHEP: Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education<br />

Programs, 1361 Park Street, Clearwater, FL 33756; www.caahep.org<br />

III.<br />

Attendance<br />

A. Enrollment<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s must be enrolled in all SONO classes by the first day of the<br />

semester/session to attend class or a clinic assignment. In particular, a student<br />

may not start a clinic assignment without being officially enrolled in that specific<br />

course as the student would not be covered by malpractice insurance. Any<br />

missed clinical time due to non-enrollment will have to be made up according to<br />

the make-up policy.<br />

B. Attendance<br />

Regular attendance and consistent study are the two factors which contribute<br />

most to success in college. Due to the rigor and accelerated aspect of the<br />

Diagnostic Medical Sonography Program, DMS students are expected to attend<br />

all course lectures, laboratories, and clinical hours.<br />

The only excused absence is for illness of the student or death in the immediate<br />

family. A student may be dropped from the program for more than three days of<br />

un-excused absences. After 3 days of consecutive absences from class and/or<br />

clinic, either a doctor’s excuse or proof of death of an immediate family member<br />

will be required to be submitted to the instructor(s) of record. If a student is<br />

dropped from lecture class, they will be dropped from the corresponding clinical<br />

practice and vice versa, and from the DMS program.<br />

Absence in no way relieves the student's responsibility for material or hours<br />

missed in class and/or clinic. Arrangements must be made with the instructor of<br />

6


ecord for any lecture/lab classes missed and/or the Clinical Preceptor for any<br />

clinical education missed for "make-up" time.<br />

The student must notify their instructor of an absence before the scheduled class<br />

time by calling their instructor directly, or call the Allied Health Office<br />

(209.384.6309) and ask the AH secretary to convey the students’ absence to the<br />

appropriate instructor(s). The student must notify the <strong>College</strong> AND the Clinical<br />

Preceptor and/or Department Manager of an absence one-half hour before the<br />

scheduled clinical assignment. Take note of whom you speak with and the time,<br />

in the event that the message is not properly conveyed. Following the absence,<br />

the student will submit an email to the DMS program director addressing the<br />

date(s) of the absence, reason for the absence, and a statement addressing the<br />

mechanism by which the clinical hours will be made up. All missed hours must<br />

be completed during that particular rotation; students cannot accrue more than<br />

40 hours of combined didactic and clinical experience in one week. This<br />

document will become part of your personal file. Bear in mind that the program<br />

director keeps track of your programmatic hours.<br />

Prolonged illness or injury requiring absence from the clinic warrants a doctor's<br />

release to return to the clinic. The student is required to complete all clinical<br />

hours assigned to that particular clinical education course. This is necessary<br />

because a student's presence is critical for successful performance and<br />

application of knowledge, and a requirement for board examination.<br />

After the first week of any lecture/lab course, students who arrive late or leave<br />

class early will be regarded as tardy. <strong>Student</strong>s who are late or leave clinic early<br />

will deduct the time missed from the day's hourly total. Habitual tardiness will not<br />

be tolerated and can be cause for dismissal.<br />

Failure to attend a laboratory practical examination will result in an automatic<br />

zero for that examination. <strong>Student</strong>s are permitted one “redo” practical<br />

examination per term. Both scores will be averaged for the final grade.<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s are advised to schedule medical, dental, and other appointments<br />

outside clinical and/or classroom hours to avoid a penalty.<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s with children are advised to have contingency arrangements made for<br />

child-care in case of illness or other unforeseen circumstances. <strong>Student</strong>s with<br />

children are not allowed to bring their sick children to class. For clarification:<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s may not bring children to class.<br />

C. Excessive Absences or Tardiness<br />

Excessive absences in school or clinic will not be tolerated. <strong>Student</strong>s are<br />

required to be punctual for both didactic and clinical training. A student will be<br />

issued a Remediation Plan if either the clinical personnel or faculty feel that<br />

actions should be taken to address this issue<br />

1. <strong>Student</strong>s who are late reporting to their clinical site will be warned once<br />

verbally. The second time they are tardy to the clinical site the student must<br />

call and leave a message with the program secretary. The third time the<br />

student is put on probation, and this may lead to program dismissal. Some<br />

clinical sites have a zero tolerance for tardiness and absenteeism.<br />

2. <strong>Student</strong>s are expected to be in the classroom before the start of class.<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s who are more than ten minutes late for class may be asked to<br />

leave. Homework assignments will be considered late after the start of a<br />

particular class session and will not be recognized.<br />

3. Quizzes or exams are not lengthened for students who are tardy.<br />

7


D. Holidays<br />

All students, including interns, will follow the approved <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> Calendar<br />

concerning legal holidays, flex days, and spring break for classroom and clinical<br />

education. As such, students are not required to attend clinic on legal holidays,<br />

breaks or flex days recognized by the <strong>College</strong>. However, all required clinical<br />

hours must be completed.<br />

E. Vacation<br />

As an internship is not part of this course of study, students will not be provided<br />

with clinical vacation days. Vacations should be scheduled only during times<br />

when classes, including clinical, are not in session.<br />

F. Professional Development<br />

With prior <strong>College</strong> approval by the Program Director or Clinical Coordinator,<br />

students may be granted time off from their clinical assignment to attend<br />

professionally related seminars or workshops. Attendance shall be officially<br />

documented and submitted to the program director upon return to class. These<br />

professional development hours will be applied to any missed clinical hours. All<br />

assigned clinical hours must be completed prior to the end of the semester.<br />

G. Sick Leave<br />

As this program does not have an internship, students do not accrue clinical sick days.<br />

All hours used for sick leave must be made up according to the policy on making up time.<br />

H. Funeral Leave<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s will be granted excused funeral leave when appropriate. Requests should be<br />

submitted to the Program Director and Coordinator by phone or email and followed up<br />

with an absence form. Excused leave will be provided for spouse, parent, child,<br />

grandparent, and siblings. As a general rule, two days are allowed. All clinical hours<br />

must be made up prior to the end of that term.<br />

I. Jury Duty<br />

Jury duty is a civic obligation, and it is an individual’s responsibility to serve when<br />

summoned. However, students called to serve should work with officials to defer service<br />

until graduation, whenever possible. Absence from class or clinic due to jury duty<br />

requires written verification from the court.<br />

• <strong>Student</strong>s should report summons to the program director as soon as possible.<br />

• Program faculty will inform the student of the academic material that needs to be<br />

covered and completed. All lab practicals must be successfully completed prior<br />

to the end of the semester.<br />

• Clinical time missed must be coordinated with the Program Director and the<br />

Clinical Proctor, and made up prior to the end of the semester.<br />

J. Makeup Time<br />

Makeup time may be completed before or following a leave, with all time being made up<br />

during the current semester. Special consideration for clinical hours may be required for<br />

situations such as jury duty. If all of the clinical hours have not been made up by the end<br />

of the semester, an Incomplete Grade will be assigned (refer to the section on Incomplete<br />

Grades).<br />

Makeup hours will be accrued during non-scheduled times through PRIOR arrangement<br />

with the affiliate's Clinical Preceptor and the <strong>College</strong>'s Clinical Coordinator to insure<br />

adequate supervision during makeup time.<br />

8


When making up time, no student may work more than a combined forty hour work week,<br />

to include clinic and class hours.<br />

K. Completion of Clinical Hours<br />

To ensure that all clinical responsibilities are completed in a timely manner, once the<br />

Clinical Preceptor is confident that the student has or will fulfill all their clinical hours the<br />

Clinical Preceptor must sign-off in the appropriate place in the students’ Clinical<br />

Competency <strong>Handbook</strong>. <strong>Student</strong>s are not to leave the clinical affiliation early. If this<br />

happens, those hours will not be included in that day’s tally, and the hours must be made<br />

up prior to the end of that term. One thousand, seven hundred, ten (1710) clinical hours<br />

are required to complete the DMS program at <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> as per our CAAHEP/JRC-<br />

DMS programmatic accreditation.<br />

IV.<br />

Scholarship Criteria & Information<br />

A. Grade Computation<br />

A minimum of a "C" grade must be maintained in each Sonography course. The<br />

percentage value of the alphabetical grading in all Sonography courses are as follows:<br />

A 93-100% Excellent<br />

B 84-92% Good<br />

C 75-83% Satisfactory<br />

D* 68-74% Failing<br />

F* 6-67% Failing<br />

*Transcripts will report grades of D and F. Continuation in the DMS program will cease<br />

when either of these grades are earned.<br />

Each instructor will advise the student how she or he evaluates or weighs the graded<br />

components of her/his particular courses. This will be addressed in the course syllabus.<br />

Laboratory Practical Examination<br />

Each course with a laboratory component will include two or more lab practical<br />

Examinations. Laboratory Practical examinations must earn 80% or higher to pass.<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s who fail one practical will be eligible to repeat that one scanning examination at<br />

the end of the term. As scanning skills are an essential function for Sonography student,<br />

students who fail two practical examinations will fail the course.<br />

Note: Clinical competency assessments are not laboratory practical examinations<br />

9


Clinical Competencies<br />

Initial and Final clinical competencies are earned at the clinical affiliation. <strong>Student</strong>s<br />

will earn initial competencies by passing a 10-point assessment with ten points.<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s are eligible for assessment after scanning at least three examinations at<br />

the clinical affiliation. Generally, an initial competency is carried forward to the<br />

following clinical rotation; however, the clinical preceptor has the right/obligation to<br />

determine the student’s competency at his/her affiliation and may require a second<br />

initial competency.<br />

Final competencies are earned during the fourth clinical rotation. Final<br />

competencies are earned only with a passed initial competency. Final<br />

competencies are detailed. <strong>Student</strong>s will pass a final competency when they earn<br />

80% on the assessment.<br />

Initial and Final competencies are limited. <strong>Student</strong>s may attempt an initial<br />

competency at one location no more than three times. On the third (failed) attempt<br />

the clinical preceptor will submit the assessment tool to the DMS Program Director<br />

who will meet with the student to determine an intervention. <strong>Student</strong>s who fail a<br />

final exam are eligible to repeat a second time. Should the second attempt result<br />

in a failure, the clinical preceptor will notify the Program Director. The PD will<br />

schedule additional on-campus scanning time. All final competency scores will be<br />

averaged and included into the term grade.<br />

STUDENTS WHO ARE DROPPED or WITHDRAW DUE TO<br />

UNSAFE CLINICAL PRACTICE WILL NOT BE READMITTED.<br />

Clinical Case Study Presentations<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s, during the completion of the DMS program, will be responsible for<br />

writing clinical case studies. Specifics will be addressed in the course syllabus.<br />

In some cases, presentation to the clinical staff will be required, some<br />

presentations will be given in the DMS course on campus to the student’s peers<br />

and professor, and in some events both of these scenarios will take place.<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s are to schedule clinical presentations with their clinical preceptor at<br />

least two weeks in advance of the presentation. The on campus schedule will be<br />

coordinated by the instructor of record. Grading rubrics will be provided for both<br />

presentations. <strong>Student</strong>s who miss either presentation will earn a score of zero.<br />

These presentations are not eligible for make-up.<br />

B. Scholarship and Promotion<br />

To remain enrolled and advance in the Sonography Program the student must<br />

maintain a grade of "C" or higher in all ultrasound courses and maintain an<br />

overall G.P.A. of "C" (2.35).<br />

It is the student’s responsibility to be aware of his or her academic progress<br />

throughout each semester.<br />

Each instructor has weekly scheduled office hours for the sole purpose of<br />

meeting with a student privately to discuss any issues or concerns that the<br />

11


student might have. It is the student’s responsibility to come in and set up an<br />

appointment to meet with the instructor.<br />

C. Class Drops<br />

Classes dropped in a regular semester within the first 3 weeks will not be shown<br />

on the student's permanent record. For classes dropped beginning with the 4th<br />

week and prior to the end of the 14th week of a regular semester, a "W" grade<br />

will be recorded on the student's permanent record.<br />

Classes dropped after the 14th week of a regular semester will receive a letter<br />

grade (not a "W").<br />

In courses other than semester-length, consult the instructor or Guidance Center<br />

regarding class drop date deadlines.<br />

As the sequencing of the course material will be eliminated, students who drop a<br />

course are not eligible to continue in the program.<br />

D. Incomplete Grades ("I")<br />

An incomplete grade may be granted for an unforeseeable emergency or<br />

justifiable reason at the end of a term, and only when the student has maintained<br />

a satisfactory performance prior to the request for the "I.”<br />

Conditions for removal of the "I" and a grade to be assigned after one semester<br />

in the event the conditions for removal are not completed by the student will be<br />

submitted to the Program Director for final approval, following a joint<br />

faculty/student petition. The "I" must be satisfactorily completed prior to the<br />

conclusion of the next semester/session for continued enrollment in the DMS<br />

Program.<br />

If the conditions are completed within the one semester allowed, a final grade will<br />

be assigned when the work is evaluated. An "I" may not be assigned as a<br />

withdrawal grade.<br />

E. Unsatisfactory Progress - Probation<br />

A conference will be held for failure(s) to transfer classroom knowledge to clinical<br />

training; failure(s) to adhere to clinical, college or program policy; or failure(s) to<br />

follow generally accepted rules of personal cleanliness, professional ethics and<br />

conduct, academic failure, and for failure to demonstrate knowledge, skill and<br />

judgment at the expected level. The issuing instructor will confer with the student<br />

and discuss the reasons for, and means of, correcting the cause for the<br />

conference.<br />

A remediation plan will be drawn up for discussing and documenting the cause of<br />

the DMS Departmental Probation, the terms of the probation and the length of<br />

time identified for improvement and reevaluation. The student will receive a copy<br />

and the original will be placed in her/his personal file. The situation will be<br />

discussed between the instructor, student and with the DMS Program Director,<br />

12


as necessary. The final decision for student dismissal will be made by the DMS<br />

Program Director after consultation with the area Dean.<br />

F. Suspension<br />

A situation may arise that may require immediate and effective discipline, when an<br />

extremely serious infraction of rules has occurred. When this situation develops, the<br />

student will be suspended from the clinical setting pending a full investigation of the<br />

situation. An example of actions that may lead to immediate suspension and possible<br />

dismissal may include the following:<br />

1. Under the influence of drugs or alcohol while on duty<br />

2. Physical abuse to a patient, visitor or other personnel<br />

3. Petty theft<br />

4. Sexual misconduct<br />

5. Unsafe clinical practice<br />

6. Breach of confidentiality (HIPAA)<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s dismissed for any of the above acts will not be eligible to reapply to the<br />

program.<br />

13


F. Academic Dishonesty<br />

If the instructor has reason to believe a student has committed an act of lying,<br />

cheating or plagiarism which can be documented, the student will be counseled<br />

and an Allied Health Advisement form will be completed and permanently placed<br />

in the student's personal file.<br />

If the incident involves cheating on an exam or paper, no credit will be given,<br />

neither may the assignment be repeated. For more information, please refer to<br />

<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> “Academic Honesty Procedure” located at the Guidance<br />

Division, <strong>Student</strong> Activities Office.<br />

A repeat act of academic dishonesty may be cause for immediate dismissal from<br />

the program. <strong>Student</strong>s dismissed for academic dishonesty will not be eligible to<br />

reapply to the program.<br />

G. Conduct<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s should conduct themselves in a professional and ethical manner at all<br />

times. No profanity in patient care areas or in the classroom is tolerated.<br />

Insubordination or dishonesty are grounds for immediate dismissal from the<br />

program.<br />

H. Nonacademic Counseling<br />

For nonacademic problems, the student will be referred to the appropriate<br />

services on or off campus for assistance.<br />

I. Re-Admission<br />

Any student who withdraws or who is dropped from the Ultrasound Program due<br />

to academic weakness will NOT be allowed re-admission into the Ultrasound<br />

Program.<br />

K. Pinning Ceremony & Receipt of Certificate of Achievement<br />

A Certificate of Achievement will be awarded at the traditional Diagnostic Medical<br />

Sonography Certification and Pinning Ceremony to all students who have<br />

successfully completed the entire program. <strong>Student</strong>s are encourage and<br />

expected to attend the pinning ceremony. The program director is responsible for<br />

the content of the ceremony; however, the planning of the Certification and<br />

Pinning Ceremony is the responsibility of each individual class. This includes<br />

determining the number of guests each student may invite. <strong>Student</strong>s may submit<br />

specific requests regarding speakers, music, food, etc. A faculty member will be<br />

appointed to assist with the preparations. Participation in the annual<br />

commencement ceremonies is restricted to students who have completed all<br />

requirements and obligations for programmatic completion.<br />

M. Job Placement<br />

Upon graduation, please inform the DMS Program Director of your job status.<br />

This information is critical to accurately reflect program statistics. A guarantee of<br />

job placement is not applicable, but we are happy to refer graduates and<br />

potential employers to each other. Please assist future graduates by informing<br />

the DMS staff of openings within your department once you've entered the work<br />

force.<br />

17


N. ARDMS Sanctions<br />

Go to the following link if you have a prior criminal history.<br />

http://www.ardms.org/apply/discipline_ada_appeal_process_information/preapplication_criminal<br />

ARDMS Pre-Application: Criminal<br />

ARDMS rules indicate that ARDMS may take action against an applicant,<br />

candidate, or Registrant in the case of conviction, plea of guilty or plea of nolo<br />

contendere to any crime. If you are presently charged with, or been convicted or<br />

found guilty of or plead nolo contendere to any crime (felony and/or<br />

misdemeanor), other than a speeding or parking violation, you may have<br />

questions concerning this rule and may wish to obtain clarification as to how it<br />

pertains to your circumstances.<br />

ARDMS conducts a "pre-application review", for a $125 non-refundable fee, for<br />

individuals who wish to determine the impact of a previous criminal matter on<br />

their eligibility to apply for ARDMS certification. The pre-application review<br />

process is recommended for individuals who have not yet applied for<br />

examination and are contemplating employment in the field of sonography and/or<br />

enrollment in a sonography program. Individuals who have already completed a<br />

program and are ready to apply to the ARDMS for examination should simply<br />

respond to the questions on the ARDMS examination application relating to<br />

criminal matters and provide the requested documentation regarding such<br />

matter(s).<br />

For purposes of the ARDMS application process “crimes” may include, but<br />

are not limited to, rape, sexual abuse; violence or threat of violence; driving<br />

while intoxicated (e.g. alcohol and drug related driving offenses); the<br />

unlawful sale, use or distribution of controlled substances; and use or<br />

distribution of fraudulent medical records, prescription blanks or health<br />

insurance claims.<br />

Please note that the pre-application review procedure is available only for<br />

criminal matters, not other issues of eligibility.<br />

O. National Examination<br />

Eligibility to write the national examination (ARDMS) requires completion of all<br />

program requirements. Each application is assessed individually by the ARDMS.<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s will be eligible to write the ARDMS SPI exam following successful<br />

completion of both Physics courses. Although each student is encouraged to<br />

apply for the SPI registry examination during week one of the final fall semester<br />

and to sit for the exam ASAP thereafter, this is not a mandatory portion of the<br />

DMS program. The ARDMS examinations incur costs, which are the<br />

responsibility of the student. The SPI exam must be passed along with at least<br />

one organ specific ARDMS examination to hold the title of Registered Diagnostic<br />

Medical Sonographer. Completion of the SPI exam will allow you to focus<br />

specifically on the abdomen and OB-GYN content at the completion of the<br />

program. Many hospitals/clinics will not hire sonographers unless they possess<br />

full ARDMS credentials. ARDMS credentials do not equate as a state license to<br />

practice Sonography.<br />

18


Graduates who wish to work in the states of New Mexico or Oregon must have<br />

ARDMS to obtain those states’ licensure. Montana is currently seeking licensure<br />

requirements.<br />

Go to www.ardms.org to review the requirements to sit for the board exams.<br />

1. Advanced Item Type Questions<br />

Go to:<br />

www.ardms.org/prepare_for_an_examination/advnaceditemtypequestion<br />

s<br />

Effective December 2012 some examinations feature new types of<br />

questions called Advanced Item Types (AIT). These questions assess a<br />

candidate in formats similar to actual scanning practice, and provide a<br />

better measure of practical skills. By reviewing the additional links at the<br />

above website, you will be better prepared to take the ARDMS SPI<br />

examination during your final semester on campus.<br />

2. Prerequisites for ARDMS examinations:<br />

http://www.ardms.org/files/downloads/Prerequisite_Chart.pdf<br />

A. SPI<br />

Successful completion of sonographic physics course<br />

requirements with grade of C or better<br />

Currently enrolled in a course of DMS study<br />

Transcripts reflecting the course and grade<br />

Photocopy of a non-expired government issued photo ID<br />

with signature; the names must match identically<br />

B. ABD; OB-GYN: Apply under prerequisite #2<br />

Graduate of a program accredited by CAAHEP<br />

Copy of diploma from the program or an official<br />

transcript with the date of conferred degree<br />

Original letter signed by the program director indicating<br />

date of successful completion<br />

CV is not required if application is submitted and<br />

received in the ARDMS office within one year of<br />

programmatic completion<br />

Photocopy of non-expired government issued photo ID<br />

with signature…names must match identically<br />

3. New ARDMS Testing Center Update:<br />

At the test center, you must present two current, valid signature IDs,<br />

one of which must be a non-expired government-issued photo ID<br />

with your signature; see the accepted list of IDs here.<br />

The name on this application must EXACTLY MATCH the name on<br />

both current, valid signature IDs.<br />

Jane R. Doe and Jane Rachel Doe DO NOT EXACTLY MATCH.<br />

Failure to present two acceptable IDs will prevent your admission to<br />

the test center. If this happens, you will be marked absent and you<br />

will forfeit the entire examination fee and seat.<br />

If the names do not EXACTLY MATCH, update your ARDMS name<br />

of record.<br />

19


A candidate is NOT ALLOWED to leave the testing center to obtain<br />

their ID’s, and the candidate is NOT ALLOWED to have someone<br />

bring them their ID’s while they wait at the testing center.<br />

V. <strong>Student</strong> Rights and Grievances (Administrative Procedure 5530)<br />

A. District <strong>Student</strong> Rights and Grievances Procedure<br />

When a student feels subjected to unfair action or denied rights as stipulated in<br />

published <strong>College</strong> regulations, policies, or procedures, redress can be sought<br />

according to the grievance procedure.<br />

This procedure is referenced in the college catalog, under the <strong>College</strong> Policies,<br />

Regulations and Procedure section. Copies of <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>’s current <strong>Student</strong><br />

Rights and Grievances Procedure can be found in the classroom (AHC-148) or<br />

can be pick-up in the Administration Building - <strong>Student</strong> Personnel Services<br />

Office.<br />

B. General Statement Regarding Clinical Setting<br />

Actions which are taken against students in the clinical setting may result in a<br />

request from affiliate representatives that a student be removed from the affiliate<br />

in accordance with our affiliation agreement with that particular facility. In such a<br />

case, the sonography program faculty (Program Director and/or Clinical<br />

Coordinator) request prior notification.<br />

There may be cases of other disciplinary actions or situations that do not involve<br />

student removal, as such the procedure for appeal is as follows:<br />

1. <strong>Student</strong> presents the action being appealed to the Clinical Coordinator<br />

within ten (10) working days of action or situation.<br />

2. The Clinical Coordinator reviews the appeal and contacts the Clinical<br />

Instructor of the student’s assigned clinical facility for further information,<br />

clarification, and/or resolution of the incident. The Clinical Coordinator<br />

then provides the student and Program Director a written answer within<br />

ten (10) working days of the receipt of the appeal.<br />

3. The student may request that the Clinical Coordinator refer the appeal to<br />

the Program Director. The Program Director reviews the appeal and may<br />

contact the Clinical Preceptor and/or Department Manager to discuss the<br />

manner further. The Program Director then provides the student a written<br />

answer within ten (10) working days of the receipt of the appeal.<br />

4. If the student wishes to appeal the Program Director’s decision, he or<br />

she may request a meeting with the Area Dean of Instruction for the<br />

Allied Health Division. The Area Dean of Instruction will provide the<br />

student with a written answer within ten (10) working days of the receipt<br />

of the appeal. The Area Dean of Instruction’s decision is final.<br />

20


VI.<br />

Records<br />

A. <strong>Student</strong> Records<br />

A master file will be started when the student applies for admission and will<br />

contain the application, standardized test scores, transcripts and other data<br />

required for evaluation for admission.<br />

At the completion of the program all official information (copy of transcripts,<br />

records of clinical performance, radiation exposure record and record of program<br />

completion, etc.) will remain on file. Permanent transcripts will be maintained by<br />

the Office of Admissions. All other information will be destroyed.<br />

If a student withdraws prior to graduation, a summary statement of the student's<br />

progress and reason for withdrawal will be placed on file.<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s may inspect their master file anytime under the direct supervision of a<br />

faculty member.<br />

All student records are confidential and information from them will only be given<br />

to authorized persons. Data such as grades, Registry and State Board<br />

Examination scores, health records and performance evaluations may not be<br />

revealed without a student's written consent.<br />

Only personnel authorized by the Program Director will have access to student<br />

records and this will be used only for student evaluation and progress within the<br />

program.<br />

B. Patient Records<br />

Patient records may be used only for providing patient care. They may not be<br />

removed from the department. Information acquired from patient records is<br />

confidential. For classroom purposes, discarded or copied radiographs,<br />

sonograms, CT scans, etc.; any reports must have all patient identification<br />

removed.<br />

VII.<br />

Financial Expenditures<br />

Legal residents of the State of California are required to pay nominal fees. In addition,<br />

students may expect other miscellaneous fees and expenses during the length of the<br />

program. (Non-Resident tuition fee: $173 per unit, plus enrollment fee)<br />

http://www.mccd.edu/alliedhealth/SONO/sonohp.htm<br />

A. Fees - (estimates only)<br />

­ Enrollment Fee (entire program) 3266.00<br />

Contact Admissions and Records for details.<br />

Fees subject to change as per the State Legislature<br />

­ <strong>Student</strong> Body Fee 50.00<br />

­ Health Fee (entire program) 79.00<br />

­ Parking (optional; regular semester $20 x 3; summer $10 x 2) 80.00<br />

21


B. Additional Expenses - (estimates only)<br />

­ Program Pin (optional) 53.00<br />

­ Books (entire program) 1500.00<br />

­ CPR Certification 50.00<br />

­ Physical & Immunizations 200.00<br />

­ Uniforms (entire program) 180.00<br />

­ Background Clearance (criminal/financial/social security trace) 65.00<br />

­ Drug Screening 35.00<br />

C. Licensing<br />

­ ARDMS SPI (Physics) $200.00<br />

­ ARDMS OB-GYN $250.00<br />

­ ARDMS Abdomen $250.00<br />

D. Books<br />

Fees are subject to change at any time<br />

Total $6258.00<br />

The DMS program recognizes that ultrasound textbooks are expensive, as such;<br />

the program does its best to minimize this cost. Books are selected, not just for<br />

the course in which they are required, but for other programmatic courses and for<br />

study during the first years of the student’s ultrasound career. The campus<br />

bookstore carries all the required textbooks. <strong>Student</strong>s are expected to purchase<br />

these books prior to the start of classes and to read all assignments.<br />

E. Drop/Withdrawal Refunds<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s withdrawing from courses within the first two weeks of class meetings<br />

may apply for a full refund of all fees except International <strong>Student</strong> Insurance,<br />

Audit, Credit by Exam, ID Card, or other fees not listed on the typical registration<br />

form for classes in the credit mode.<br />

Most of the textbooks purchased in the first semester will be utilized throughout<br />

the duration of the program. The remaining textbooks will be used as often as<br />

possible, but will serve you well when preparing for your board examinations.<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s may not be permitted to attend classes and/or clinic until all registration<br />

fees are paid in full.<br />

Nonresident students are required by state law to pay nonresident tuition.<br />

Consult the <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> catalog for current fees.<br />

VIII. General Policies<br />

A. Changes in Personal Data<br />

Notify the Allied Health Secretaries, Program Director and the Admission &<br />

Records Office if there is a change of your name, address, telephone number,<br />

family doctor, or change of person(s) to notify in case of an emergency. Use the<br />

22


appropriate form, for reporting these changes. The form can be found in the form<br />

rack located in the classroom.<br />

B. CPR Requirement<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s must be CPR certified through the American Heart Association: BLS for<br />

Health Care Providers or its equivalent (must include a hands-on component). It<br />

is the student’s responsibility to maintain current certification. NO on-line CPR<br />

courses only or American Red Cross courses are acceptable. Online CPR<br />

courses with a lab are acceptable. Do not anticipate, nor request that your<br />

clinical affiliation will pay or sponsor your CPR course. Notify the ALH Secretary<br />

with a copy of recertification documentation.<br />

C. Employment<br />

Due to the concentrated and intensified nature of the Diagnostic Medical<br />

Sonography Program, full-time employment is not recommended. If a student<br />

must accept employment while enrolled in the program, this implies that the<br />

student will NOT:<br />

1. Function under the job description of a Sonographer, or Ultrasound<br />

Technologist<br />

2. Use the abbreviation “RDMS” after their name of any purpose; neither<br />

refer to himself/herself as an ultrasound technologist unless they were<br />

employed as an ultrasound technologist prior to admission to the DMS<br />

program.<br />

3. Accept employment hours which conflict with class/clinical time;<br />

4. Attempt to get any clinical competency sign-offs during hours of<br />

employment at a hospital or clinic<br />

5. Use his/her <strong>College</strong> I.D. badge during hours of employment<br />

The student will avoid practices in which they are substituted for regular staff to<br />

perform any sonographic examination procedures. <strong>Student</strong>s will not take the<br />

responsibility or place of qualified staff.<br />

The key point is that regardless of what the job position is called, a person that is<br />

not working in the capacity as a sonographer or student sonographer may not<br />

perform a sonographic examination. On the other hand, an individual can be<br />

employed in a hospital/imaging center in positions other than ultrasound<br />

technologist/Sonographer, i.e.: patient transporter and as such will bring in the<br />

patient and may set them up for the exam.<br />

The Program does not have any jurisdiction over what a student does outside of<br />

the program as long as they are not working outside the scope of what’s legal.<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s during off hours are not covered under the school’s insurances.<br />

D. Health<br />

A student should be in satisfactory physical and mental condition to ensure the<br />

safe and effective care of patients. If a student's physical condition or mental<br />

condition is less than satisfactory, the Program Director, Clinical Coordinator, or<br />

person of authority at the clinical affiliate has the right and responsibility to<br />

remove the student from the patient care area. Before returning to the clinical<br />

area, the student may be requested to submit a doctor's written release before a<br />

student is allowed back into the clinical area.<br />

If the student is subsequently dismissal due to academic weakness or<br />

unprofessional behavior, the student will not be allowed read-admittance.<br />

23


E. Immunizations<br />

As a student in an allied health program you have an increased risk of<br />

contracting Hepatitis A and/or B, which can lead to a very serious illness. Prior to<br />

entering the clinical aspect of your training you will be required to specify in<br />

writing your Hepatitis A/B vaccine status. It should be noted that a clinical facility<br />

has the right to refuse a student clinical assignment if the student has not been<br />

immunized–even if the student signs a waiver of liability.<br />

A Hepatitis B vaccination which can decrease your chances of contracting<br />

Hepatitis B is available through the <strong>Merced</strong> County Health Department for a fee<br />

for the three shot series. Once the three shot series has been completed, to<br />

ensure that antibodies are being produced, a follow-up Hepatitis B surface<br />

antigen test is recommended. Check your county’s Health Department for their<br />

vaccination schedule.<br />

Routine immunizations (MMR, Tdap, Polio, Varicella) must be up to date for your<br />

protection as well as the protection of patients. After 10 years, a titer is required<br />

to ensure continued immunity.<br />

Tdap is a booster to DTap Vaccine in people 11 - 64 years. Tdap can be<br />

normally given as early as 2 years after you received the Td vaccine. Tdap is not<br />

the same as DTap.<br />

Current flu shot documentation is due by November 10 th of each year or else the<br />

student must wear a facemask in clinic until documentation is provided or until<br />

the student graduates, whichever comes first. The CDC recommends the flu shot<br />

to pregnant women because the flu is more likely to cause severe illness in<br />

pregnant women than in women who are not pregnant. Additionally, it helps<br />

protect the unborn from serious illness and complication of the flu too. It is<br />

advised to get the flu shot as soon as possible so one can be protected early on<br />

in the flu season and not take the chance of catching it. Contact the Allied Health<br />

Secretary to update your immunization file.<br />

F. TB Screening & General Updates<br />

Annual TB paper screening is a mandatory condition of enrollment in the<br />

program. An annual negative PPD screening is also required, unless<br />

contraindicated.<br />

If you cannot have a skin-test or if a previous PPD has been reactive/positive or if<br />

you have been vaccinated with BCG*, an initial negative chest x-ray taken within<br />

the last six months must be completed prior to the beginning of the program.<br />

If and when you convert to a reactive/positive reaction on a PPD test, you will be<br />

required to supply an initial negative chest x-ray report. If your annual paper TB<br />

screening is questionable, you will be required to submit a negative chest x-ray<br />

report.<br />

*BCG (Bacille Calmette-Guerin) is a vaccination given to persons in countries<br />

with a high incidence of TB. It is about 50% effective, may or may not produce<br />

skin-test reactivity, and can leave a scar<br />

ALL IMMUNIZATIONS & CPR UPDATES MUST BE COMPLETED BEFORE A<br />

STUDENT CAN BEGIN A NEW CLINICAL ASSIGNMENT. Update all health<br />

and certification records with the Allied Health Secretary.<br />

24


G. Infectious Disease Control Policy<br />

Persons involved in reporting and/or evaluating an individual with an infectious<br />

disease (e.g., hepatitis, measles, acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS),<br />

aids related complex (ARC), rubella, tuberculosis, etc.) are required to respect<br />

the individual’s right to privacy and must maintain appropriately strict<br />

confidentiality regarding the person's identity and the nature of his or her illness.<br />

The determination of whether or not under what conditions an individual who has<br />

been diagnosed with an infectious disease will be permitted to participate in<br />

campus activities will be made on a case-by-case basis by the Infectious Disease<br />

Control Team. For further information consult Board Policy 3981.<br />

All students must wear protective devices, gloves, gowns, masks, etc., when<br />

performing examinations on patients with infectious disease.<br />

Blood and body secretions such as semen, saliva, urine, tears, stool, emesis,<br />

sputnum, wound drainage, bile, and pleural or peritoneal fluid may contain the<br />

HIV or hepatitis virus. All should be considered infectious. Any tissue, biopsy, or<br />

patient specimen should also be handled with care, including wearing gloves.<br />

While exposure to a communicable disease in the clinic setting may need<br />

immediate attention, TB exposure can be base lined in the <strong>Student</strong> Health<br />

Services Office at the college.<br />

H. Library References<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s are encouraged to utilize the books, professional journals and<br />

pamphlets in the Learning Resource Center (LRC) as well as the Sonography<br />

Program's Library (AHC-157).<br />

Check the Library’s internet site for medical imaging books and magazines<br />

available in the <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> LRC.<br />

1. <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> LRC - <strong>Student</strong>s are encouraged to approach the library<br />

staff for aid in locating information and materials. Interlibrary loan service<br />

is available through the Reference Librarian.<br />

2. Sonography Program's Library - Books, magazines, audiovisual<br />

materials, radiographs and other items, in AHC-157, maybe checked-out<br />

for varying lengths of time (see instructor for times). Log all check out<br />

requests on your personal student check out card and have an instructor<br />

initial and date all checkout and returns.<br />

All material checked out during a particular semester must be returned<br />

by the last day of lecture class for that particular semester.<br />

I. Right of Privacy<br />

Be aware of your responsibility as well as the legal implications in respecting the<br />

rights of others, especially the right of privacy.<br />

Do not discuss any patient, any member of the health team, or any disease or<br />

symptoms in a place where you might be overheard and possibly infringe on<br />

someone's right to privacy. You never know whose relative or neighbor is<br />

standing next to you, or around the corner.<br />

25


J. Sexual Harassment Policy<br />

It is the policy of <strong>Merced</strong> Community <strong>College</strong> District to provide a neutral<br />

educational environment for all students free from unwelcome sexual overtures<br />

and advances. District employees and clinical affiliate employees are expected<br />

to adhere to a standard of conduct that is respectful and courteous to all<br />

students. The use of authority to emphasize the sexuality or sexual identity of a<br />

student in a manner which prevents or impairs that student's full enjoyment of<br />

educational benefits, climate, or opportunity is in strict violation of our affiliate<br />

agreement, as well as <strong>College</strong> policy.<br />

Any student who believes that she or he has been sexually harassed within the<br />

clinical setting should initiate a complaint with either the Program Director or<br />

Clinical Coordinator. If the complaint concerns a district employee, board policy<br />

will prevail.<br />

A copy of the District Sexual Harassment Policy can be found in the District<br />

Policy <strong>Handbook</strong><br />

K. Transportation<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s are responsible for transportation to and from school and the clinical<br />

facilities. <strong>Student</strong>s may park only in designated areas, both at the <strong>College</strong> and<br />

clinical sites. Refer to the Campus Parking Regulations, outlined in the <strong>College</strong><br />

catalog and Clinical Parking Policies.<br />

All students are responsible for fulfilling clinical assignment transportation<br />

challenges. The clinical affiliation is NOT responsible for student transportation<br />

costs. <strong>Student</strong>s are encouraged to be proactive in making transportation<br />

accommodations.<br />

L. Use of Drugs<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s must abide by the following policies and guidelines.<br />

1. Any drugs used should be with physician guidance. Prescription drug<br />

use must not alter the student’s ability to perform safely in the field.<br />

2. Drugs may not be taken from the clinical areas.<br />

3. Proof of misuse of drugs are grounds for immediate dismissal from the<br />

program.<br />

4. A clinical facility may request a random drug screening test. Positive<br />

drug screening test results can lead to dismissal from the facility and the<br />

program.<br />

26


M. Visitors<br />

The student will not entertain visitors (personal and/or classmates not assigned<br />

to facility) in the Diagnostic Imaging Department/Sonography Department<br />

anytime without specific permission from the respective personnel.<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s are not allowed to bring guests into the classroom/laboratory without<br />

specific permission from the instructor of record. It is against school policy to<br />

bring children to class or leave them unattended on school grounds while the<br />

student is in class.<br />

When scanning visitors/volunteers during open skills labs the following policies<br />

must be followed:<br />

No one under the age of 18<br />

No pregnant volunteers<br />

No volunteers with known disease processes<br />

No suggestion or hint of a questionable disease process will be<br />

addressed; this is out of your scope of practice<br />

No endocavitary applications<br />

No breast, scrotal, or penile sonographic scans will be generated on a<br />

human; simulations may be completed with phantoms or with simulation<br />

equipment<br />

M. Positioning Disclaimer<br />

In the course of learning about sonographic scanning and positioning<br />

(classes/labs/demonstrations and/or practice) students will be touched by faculty<br />

and fellow students and scanned with an external sonographic transducer by<br />

faculty or fellow students in areas that are routinely used as scanning landmarks<br />

and windows.<br />

N. Background Clearance<br />

A background clearance will be required upon acceptance into the program. This<br />

includes a criminal offense, criminal history, sex offender check and social<br />

security trace. A background clearance means that your background report is<br />

free from negative information. Negative information (charges & disposition &<br />

sentencing, including probation) can remain on your report for up to seven years.<br />

mybackgroundcheck.com<br />

P.O. Box 492770<br />

Redding, CA 96049<br />

www.mybackgroundcheck.com<br />

Any clinical facility may require a current background clearance. It will be the<br />

students’ responsibility to pay for any additional screening required by the clinical<br />

facility for student placement.<br />

O. Drug Screening<br />

A drug screening will be required upon acceptance into the program. Failure to<br />

pass this screening may cancel admission to the program. Any clinical facility<br />

may require a current drug screen. This is the financial responsibility of the<br />

student.<br />

27


P. Graffiti<br />

Absolutely no written notes, reminders, answers, questions, doodlings, etc., are<br />

permitted on desks, tables, counters/etc. even if you plan on erasing them! Ask<br />

for a scratch sheet of paper if you need something to write on. If you see any<br />

writings where you are seated, please inform the instructor of record immediately<br />

so you will not be held accountable for the graffiti.<br />

IX.<br />

Accidents and Incidents<br />

A. <strong>Student</strong> Clinical Injury<br />

<strong>Student</strong> insurance coverage is provided for all students for accidents that occur<br />

on campus or at college related activities including clinical education. All injuries<br />

sustained by students in the clinical areas or on campus must be reported as per<br />

the VIPJPA Injury Reporting Flow Chart. Failure to report accidents and<br />

complete the required college documents within 10 days from the time of the<br />

injury may result in rejection of a claim by the student insurance. In this event,<br />

the student will be responsible for claim payment.<br />

Basically the role of the Clinical Preceptor (or whomever is supervising the<br />

student) is to call the “Company Nurse” (CN) at 1-877-854-6877 and report the<br />

injury before the student seeks treatment. CN will evaluate the student’s injury<br />

and give further instruction on how to proceed. When the Clinical Preceptor or<br />

supervising technologists calls, make sure to identify the student as a<br />

Sonography student from <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>. Make sure the student is present to<br />

speak with the CN over the phone to provide their personal information. If it is an<br />

emergency, the student should seek treatment first and call CN after treatment.<br />

If possible, the student should report their injury to the Program Director<br />

immediately. If the student is unable to report their injury to the Program Director,<br />

the Clinical Preceptor or supervising technologist should report the injury to the<br />

Program Director.<br />

The Clinical Preceptor’s or supervising technologist’s responsibility ends at this<br />

point.<br />

B. Incidents<br />

Incident reports will be completed and placed in the student's file when a safety<br />

violation or injury occurs in the clinical area. This will be done even if the health<br />

agency does not require that an official report be submitted. The student and<br />

Clinical Preceptor must sign the report. A copy of the incident report should be<br />

forwarded to the Program Director.<br />

Should you observe any injury to a patient caused by someone else and are<br />

asked to sign an accident report, sign it as a “witness.”<br />

**Important: If you were not in any way responsible for the injury–sign the<br />

report if asked, but designate yourself as a WITNESS.<br />

28


X. Clinical Assignments<br />

A. <strong>Student</strong>s successfully progressing in the program will be assigned four<br />

clinical rotations.<br />

B. <strong>Student</strong>s, based on the application process, will accept assigned clinical<br />

rotations without complaint<br />

C. <strong>Student</strong>s will complete at least one Hospital rotation<br />

D. <strong>Student</strong>s will complete at least one Imaging Center rotation<br />

E. <strong>Student</strong>s will complete at least 1710 hours of non-paid clinical<br />

experience<br />

F. Stipends are not provided by the clinical affiliations as the clinical hours<br />

are required for programmatic completion and eligibility to sit for the<br />

ARDMS board exams (as per CAAHEP accreditation)<br />

G. <strong>Student</strong>s will complete all site entry requirements of the assigned clinical<br />

affiliation as per program and clinical site requirements prior to entrance<br />

at that location<br />

H. The clinical affiliate has the right to refuse or terminate the student’s<br />

rotation<br />

XI.<br />

<strong>Student</strong> Dress and Grooming for Clinical Education<br />

<strong>Student</strong> dress and grooming will reflect the policies of the clinical affiliate, the technical<br />

requirements of the task, the positive image of the Sonography Program and the<br />

Profession as a whole.<br />

A. Procedure<br />

1. <strong>Student</strong>s are responsible and accountable to observe the dress and<br />

grooming standards of their assigned hospital.<br />

2. <strong>Student</strong>s are to adjust their dress appropriately prior to an assigned<br />

clinical experience; i.e., surgery, isolation, etc.<br />

3. Inappropriate dress and/or grooming will be discussed with the student<br />

by the Clinical Preceptor and/or <strong>College</strong> Supervisor. A verbal warning will<br />

be given for the first dress or grooming infraction. Subsequent<br />

occurrences will result in exclusion from clinical education for the<br />

remainder of the day.<br />

4. <strong>Student</strong>s who are absent from an assigned clinical experience because<br />

of inappropriate dress and/or grooming are to make up this time prior to<br />

the end of the semester.<br />

5. Failure to follow the dress code will result in loss of clinical points.<br />

B. Policy<br />

The following dress and personal grooming standards will be expected of all<br />

students in the Sonography Program. <strong>Student</strong>s shall appear professional in<br />

attire at all times. Clinical students are expected to serve as role models for the<br />

school and the profession.<br />

1. Uniforms/Scrubs<br />

a. Must be clean, pressed and conservative in design. They should be<br />

free of odor and strong fragrances. Each clinical affiliation will<br />

identify their color preferences. Scrubs, unless otherwise identified<br />

by the clinical affiliation, will be solid, matching colors. Scrubs will<br />

not have stripes, prints or floral designs, unless approved in writing<br />

29


o<br />

by the clinical affiliate. Ask for clarification during your DMS Program<br />

orientation to the department.<br />

b. Business attire, if an option at your facility, includes the following:<br />

o Full length white lab coat without embroidery<br />

o Women: Respectable length (about of just above<br />

the knee) dress/skirt<br />

o Women: Sleeved top, no spaghetti straps; opaque<br />

(can’t see through); no “T” shirts<br />

o Women: Dress slacks; ankle length; no jeans, or<br />

denim; no shorts, stirrup pants, no fleece, nor<br />

spandex<br />

o Women’s hose: Transparent skin-tone colors , no<br />

prints, no fishnets<br />

o Men: Dress shirt with tie, “T” shirts, if worn, will be<br />

under the dress shirt<br />

o Men: Dress pants (no jeans, no denim, no westernstyled,<br />

no fleece, no shorts)<br />

Shoes: Appropriate dress shoes; quiet soles, heels<br />

2-inches or less<br />

c. Scrubs used in the Operating Room (OR) are only to be worn<br />

while working an OR cases in the surgical suite and are not to be<br />

removed from the facility unless authorization is received from<br />

the supervisor. If you must step out of the OR suite, you must<br />

either change from your OR scrubs or wear an approved surgical<br />

gown over the OR scrubs. Removal of any hospital property<br />

from the premises is considered theft.<br />

c. Hospital scrubs/lab coats are not to be removed from the clinical<br />

setting without prior approval from the supervising technologist.<br />

d. Clothing with stenciled names of another clinical facility shall not<br />

be worn during clinical assignments.<br />

e. Shoes must be clean and/or polished. Shoes generally should be<br />

white leather. Shoes should be comfortable and appropriate for<br />

use in a clinical facility. Shoes must be closed-toed, closedheeled.<br />

Shoes should not have excessive heels, i.e., dress<br />

shoes/stilettos, or boots. Heels should be 2-inches or less.<br />

Sandals are not to be worn. Shoes that make noise are not<br />

acceptable.<br />

g. A name badge must be worn and must state the student's first<br />

name and last initial. The badge must identify the wearer as a<br />

student in the Diagnostic Medical Sonography Program. The<br />

student is responsible for purchasing the standard college I.D.<br />

badge. The student will wear the clinical affiliate’s required<br />

identification.<br />

h. Dosimetry badges, IF required, must be worn at all time while in<br />

the clinical area. If a lead apron is being used, the dosimetry<br />

badge must be worn at collar level outside the lead apron. Most<br />

Sonography departments do not require dosimetry badges.<br />

Dosimetry badges will not be a component of the Sonography<br />

Program.<br />

2. Grooming<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s must maintain high personal hygiene standards. Strong<br />

fragrances and/or odors (body or smoke) cannot be tolerated.<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s are to refrain from using cologne, perfume, aftershave, and<br />

fragranced body wash at all times in the clinical arena. Some of the<br />

DMS affiliates have employees who are highly allergic to these<br />

30


fragrances. Most ill patients cannot tolerate heavy smells or<br />

fragrances.<br />

Hair must be clean, neatly groomed and controlled.<br />

Hair, moustaches, beards, and sideburns must comply with the<br />

regulations of the clinical affiliate and be neatly trimmed. Clean<br />

shaven is the accepted practice.<br />

If hair is longer than shoulder length, it must be clasped back at the<br />

nape of the neck or worn on top of the head at all times during<br />

clinical training.<br />

As a condition of continued enrollment in the Diagnostic Medical<br />

Sonography Program, fingernails must be kept moderately short and<br />

clean. Artificial nail enhancements are not to be worn. Anything<br />

applied to natural nails other than clear polish is considered to be an<br />

enhancement. This includes, but is not limited to: artificial nails, tips,<br />

wraps, appliqués, acrylics, gels and any additional items applied to<br />

the nail surface. Chipped nails should be filed.<br />

Makeup should be conservative.<br />

No chewing gum in the ultrasound department or imaging areas.<br />

o Gum chewing will be limited to recognized eating areas.<br />

Smoking is not permitted in class and is only permitted in designated<br />

areas on the <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> campus. Smoking is prohibited in all<br />

medical facilities; use the designated outside areas at the clinical<br />

facility and follow the distance requirements from any opening into<br />

the building.<br />

o Compliance with all smoking rules is expected. Some<br />

clinical facilities prohibit smoking 100% of the time while<br />

at work.<br />

o Failure to comply in clinical sites may result in being<br />

dismissed from the site.<br />

o <strong>Student</strong>s also need to be mindful of the odors associated<br />

with smoking, and the impact this may have on patients.<br />

Some patients will refuse to permit students to scan<br />

them when the student smells of tobacco products.<br />

3. Jewelry<br />

Rings may be worn but students may be required to remove them in<br />

the specialty areas or certain procedures. Rings with stones are a<br />

risk to patients, and may tear the required scanning glove.<br />

"Dangling" or hoop earrings are not being permitted in the clinical<br />

setting. Earrings are limited to a single post/small stud per ear.<br />

Earrings shall not be larger than a dime in diameter.<br />

To prevent patient injury, it is advised that jewelry not be worn on the<br />

external surface of the uniform.<br />

4. Body Art<br />

Visible forms of body piercing, including but not limited to nose<br />

studs or screws, chin or cheek labret, barbells, ear grommets<br />

and tongue door knocker, etc., are not permitted in any size. In<br />

general, modifications that alter the original integrity of your body<br />

would be open for review (i.e., loops as a results of grommet<br />

holes, neck stretching, etc.).<br />

If you have a tattoo, it must be covered while on duty.<br />

5. Miscellaneous<br />

<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> and Clinical Affiliates are not responsible for loss<br />

of valuables.<br />

Points will be deducted from your clinical evaluation grade for not<br />

meeting the dress code and grooming guidelines.<br />

31


XII.<br />

<strong>Student</strong> Orientation to Clinical Facility<br />

A. Policy<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s must be oriented to all new clinical affiliates. It is the responsibility of<br />

the Clinical Preceptor to provide this orientation either personally or by<br />

arrangement with other staff members.<br />

Orientation forms, for each rotation, are located in the clinical forms handbook.<br />

Your signature on this form indicates you have reviewed and understood each<br />

statement. Should you have questions, be sure to ask the Clinical Preceptor,<br />

Department Manager of the Personnel Department for clarification prior to<br />

signing these forms.<br />

This form must be completed and returned to the program director or<br />

clinical coordinator for their signature within 14 calendar days from the<br />

beginning of a new semester/session.<br />

The signed form should then be placed in your Clinical Competency <strong>Handbook</strong><br />

binder for the remainder of the rotation. At the end of the rotation, this form<br />

should be filed in the student’s personal folder in the classroom.<br />

XIII. Clinical Experience<br />

A. Duties of a <strong>Student</strong> Sonographer<br />

While the student is assigned to clinical training she/he will be expected to<br />

participate not only in sonographic imaging exams and procedures but also in<br />

image filing, image processing, stocking of room supplies, cleaning the<br />

ultrasound systems, patient transport and other office procedures and other<br />

sonographer work tasks, as long as their clinical education is not being<br />

compromised.<br />

B. Clinical Placement<br />

The Clinical Coordinator is responsible for arranging the diagnostic clinical<br />

education rotations. <strong>Student</strong> placement is subject to clinical approval.<br />

Vacations are to be scheduled only during times when classes, to include<br />

clinic are not in session.<br />

C. Scheduling<br />

Clinical Scheduling - Monthly clinical scheduling will be completed by either the<br />

Clinical Preceptor and/or Department Manager/Chief Technologist of respective<br />

assigned hospital. Individual copies of each student's schedule are to be posted<br />

in the clinic facility for review and signature by the <strong>College</strong>'s Clinical Supervisors<br />

to document valid and appropriate clinical schedules.<br />

It is the student's responsibility to submit to the <strong>College</strong> past signed copies of<br />

their clinical schedules. Submitted past schedules are to be filed alphabetically in<br />

the Clinic Schedule Notebook located in the classroom. The student's schedule<br />

file must be up-to-date and complete by the given dates.<br />

It is the student’s responsibility to check updated posted schedules to see if there<br />

are any errors/omissions/changes/etc. that need to be brought to the C.P.’s<br />

32


immediate attention. Do not wait until the last moment to notify the C.P. of an<br />

error or change. If your C.P. has not heard from you within five (5) scheduled<br />

working days, then the posted schedule will take precedence and you will be held<br />

responsible for adhering to it.<br />

Generally speaking, routine assignment hours are considered to be from 0500 -<br />

2100 hours. Anything other than that is considered as nontraditional, (i.e., “offhour”).<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s may be scheduled during weekend hours.<br />

Complete weekend assignments should reflect no more than TWO weekends per<br />

month to ensure assignments are educationally valid and not abusive of<br />

students. It is acceptable for a clinical site to schedule a student for weekly<br />

Saturday or Sunday rotations.<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s are not required to attend clinic on legal holidays recognized by the<br />

<strong>College</strong>.<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s will not be required to work graveyard shifts or on-call. Clinic scheduling<br />

will not include “double-back” shifts either by design or trading of clinical days.<br />

There should be a minimum of twelve (12) hours between scheduled shifts.<br />

Supervision remains constant no matter what hour or day scheduled. Direct<br />

supervision is required prior to documentation of student competency, with<br />

transition into indirect supervision following competency documentation of<br />

competency. This is true for all areas using sonography: operating room, delivery<br />

room, mobile examinations, and the emergency department.<br />

Class - Unless otherwise notified, students will attend class at the <strong>College</strong> as per<br />

the catalog schedule. When available, students are encouraged to practice in<br />

faculty observed open scanning sessions.<br />

D. Clinical Hours<br />

Clinical hours are required for each semester beginning with the second<br />

semester. These are cumulative hours and if a student does not complete these<br />

hours during the allotted time she or he may be put on probation with the<br />

possibility of dismissal from the Program. Individual consideration will be given to<br />

the student with a valid excuse after consultation with the Clinical Coordinator<br />

and Program Director.<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s must complete no fewer than 1710 clinical hours. On campus<br />

laboratory hours are not counted as clinical hours. Clinical hours must be<br />

completed in a legally operated place of business with emphasis on patient care,<br />

i.e.: hospital, clinic, imaging center.<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s are required to keep a monthly record of laboratory/clinical hours they<br />

have accrued. This monthly record is validated by the Clinical Preceptor and<br />

<strong>College</strong> staff.<br />

E. Clinical Exams<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s are required to keep records of sonographic examinations they have<br />

observed, assisted, and/ or performed. All repeat examinations are to be<br />

completed under direct supervision and are to be logged as such in the Daily<br />

Clinical Exam form. These records are to be compiled daily, utilizing the Daily<br />

Record of Examinations Form, verified by the Clinical Preceptor or their designee<br />

and submitted to the instructor of record.<br />

33


F. <strong>Student</strong> Evaluation of Clinical Experience<br />

At the end of each clinical course the student may be required to complete an<br />

evaluation of their respective clinical facility. This is an opportunity for the student<br />

to provide an evaluation of her/his clinical experience. Through candid<br />

evaluations, the faculty can identify the strengths and weaknesses of a particular<br />

clinical affiliate and utilize this information for continued program review. Another<br />

area where this information is useful is in matching student's clinical weaknesses<br />

with affiliates that rate high in providing clinical experiences that address a<br />

student's weaknesses.<br />

G. Breaks & Lunch Periods<br />

Generally, there will be morning, lunch and afternoon breaks. Observe the<br />

departmental policy regarding breaks, and do not take excess advantage of the<br />

coffee room/lounge. Lunch breaks are 30 minutes regardless of the<br />

Staff/Departmental policy and should be included in the total hours recorded per<br />

day.<br />

H. Personal Phone Calls<br />

No personal phone calls should be received while in the clinical area except<br />

emergencies. Departmental telephones may not be used for personal calls.<br />

Leave cell phones in your locker and only check them during break or lunch. If<br />

there is an extenuating circumstance, advise you C.I. or supervising technologist<br />

at the beginning of your shift.<br />

While on campus, cellular phones and pagers are to be turned off during class.<br />

I. Early Release<br />

No early releases are granted. <strong>Student</strong>s must attend all classes, including clinical<br />

education classes until the completion of their final semester to be eligible for<br />

graduation. All hours will be counted.<br />

J. Orientation to a New Facility<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s are not required to make-up time for mandatory orientation to a new<br />

facility for a current or upcoming rotation.<br />

K. Removal of Cervical Collars<br />

In trauma situations, have the E.D. staff remove the cervical collar once patient’s<br />

x-rays have been cleared.<br />

L. Cutting Away of Patient Clothing and/or Jewelry<br />

In trauma situations, request permission from supervising staff before cutting<br />

away pieces of clothing or jewelry.<br />

M. <strong>Student</strong> Availability During Site Visitations<br />

When a Clinical Supervisor, or other program official is scheduled to make a site<br />

visitation, please make sure you are available to be observed. This is especially<br />

true when it comes to OR or extended mobile cases. Don’t assume just because<br />

one Clinical Supervisor (CS) has seen you recently, (even if it was yesterday),<br />

you don’t have to be available. Work with your Clinical Preceptor (CP) so that<br />

when a CS is scheduled to visit, you’re there.<br />

This may mean coordinating with your CP to come in earlier or later or switch<br />

days so you are present when the CS makes his/her site visitation. This is<br />

34


especially true if you haven’t been visited for a mid-term evaluation. If you have<br />

not been evaluated due to an absence on your part, it will be particularly<br />

important that you make arrangements to ensure you are available for the next<br />

CS visitation. Keep in mind that a one-to-one student-technologist ratio must be<br />

maintained at all times.<br />

N. Handwashing<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s are required to wash or sanitized hands prior to donning gloves and to<br />

rewash hands after removing gloves. <strong>Student</strong>s are also required to wear gloves<br />

with every patient.<br />

O. Personal Protective Equipment-PPE (gloves, face masks,<br />

booties, gowns, hair covers, nets, etc.)<br />

All PPEs should be removed and disposed of properly once an exam is<br />

completed and before the student moves out of the patient’s room to prevent the<br />

spread of infection.<br />

P. Miscellaneous<br />

When not busy, there will be no loitering. Use idle time for studying and<br />

pathology case review. Now is the time to ask questions about specific<br />

examinations or procedures you're unsure or curious about.<br />

It is the student’s responsibility to seek out sonographic learning<br />

experiences. <strong>Student</strong>s should have equitable and open communication with<br />

their clinical instructor/coordinator/preceptor.<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s who appear to lack interest in the clinical learning environment may<br />

be asked to leave by the sonographer, or may fail to be included in more<br />

desirable forms of learning.<br />

Seek first to understand by sharing your clinical needs with your preceptor.<br />

Be prepared to answer to your program director: “What did you learn at clinic,<br />

yesterday?”<br />

XIV. Clinical Radiation Protection Rules<br />

Although the Sonography Department generally is exempt from radiation tracking, as<br />

students working in a medical imaging department you may be required to participate in<br />

procedures that use both ionizing and non-ionizing energies. As such the procedure is<br />

as follows:<br />

Procedure<br />

The following safety rules have been established for the protection of the patient,<br />

other personnel and you from ionizing radiation during your hospital observation<br />

and clinical education. These rules are a combination of state and federal<br />

regulations and/or laws and additional guidelines condensed from man's 110+<br />

years experience with ionizing radiation. These rules are mandatory and any<br />

exception must be reported to the Department Manager and Program Director as<br />

soon as possible.<br />

Policy<br />

1. Regarding dosimetry badges:<br />

35


a. A dosimetry badge, properly placed, must be worn at ALL<br />

times during both the observation and clinical education<br />

phases.<br />

b. When protective aprons are used, the dosimetry badge must<br />

be placed above the apron, at collar level.<br />

c. Dosimetry badges must be turned into the Allied Health<br />

Secretary by the 10 th of each quarter.<br />

2. When an X-ray exposure is about to be made, you MUST:<br />

a. Leave the room, or<br />

b. Get behind the lead shield, or<br />

c. Be otherwise suitably protected for surgery, portable and<br />

fluoroscopic work.<br />

3. Specifically, you must not hold or support a patient during exposure, nor<br />

hold or support a cassette during exposure.<br />

4. You may not observe the patient during exposure from an adjacent room<br />

or hall unless through a lead-glass protective window. You must NOT<br />

"peak" around a door nor though a crack between door and wall.<br />

5. When sitting to rest in the hall do not sit in direct line with the tube or<br />

radiographic table even if it is not being used.<br />

6. During an exposure or procedure do not place yourself in direct line with<br />

the central ray, even though you are wearing a lead apron.<br />

7. Under no circumstances will you permit yourself or any other human<br />

being to serve as "patients" for test exposures or experimentation.<br />

8. If, during fluoroscopic procedures, you remain in the radiographic room<br />

the following will prevail:<br />

a. A lead apron must be worn at all times/or you must remain<br />

behind an adequate lead protective screen and not in visible<br />

line with either tube or patient.<br />

b. The dosimetry badge must be worn above lead apron at<br />

collar level.<br />

9. Do not make exposures on patients.<br />

XV. Pregnancy Policy and Procedures<br />

Policy Regarding Declared Pregnant <strong>Student</strong>s<br />

It is your responsibility to notify the program director of the pregnancy.<br />

‣ The student must receive written permission from her physician to continue in the<br />

program<br />

o Should the student be completing a clinical rotation, the data must be shared<br />

with the clinical affiliation as well.<br />

‣ Pregnant students need to be aware that there is a high probability that completion of<br />

the program will be delayed/extended/terminated as required courses are offered<br />

sequentially and only once in the 18-month program<br />

‣ Pregnant students will not be scanned nor volunteer to be scanned during their<br />

clinical experience.<br />

‣ Any rotations in a radiographic application will not be scheduled during the term of<br />

pregnancy<br />

‣ The pregnant student needs to be aware that the biggest risk to the unborn occurs<br />

during the first trimester. As all clinical affiliation rotations occur within a Diagnostic<br />

Imaging Department (Radiology), students need to be tested for pregnancy as soon<br />

36


as she feels there is a reason to do so. This will allow for appropriate adjustments to<br />

be made, if possible.<br />

‣ Pregnancies will NOT be scanned on the <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> campus. Pregnant<br />

students, who learn of their pregnancy in the DMS laboratory, will cease that<br />

scanning session immediately and notify the Program Director. <strong>Student</strong>s who are<br />

scanning a volunteer in the open skills lab who find an incidental pregnancy will<br />

cease that scanning session.<br />

‣ The student will notify her clinical preceptor of a declared pregnancy. The clinical<br />

affiliation will enact their policy for pregnant students. The program director and/or<br />

clinical coordinator will communicate with the clinical affiliate.<br />

XVI. <strong>Student</strong> Supervision<br />

A. Policy on Supervision of Sonography <strong>Student</strong>s<br />

1. <strong>Student</strong>s must have adequate and proper supervision during all clinical<br />

assignments, which would include direct supervision until a student is<br />

signed off for competency on the respective sonographic exam &/or<br />

procedure.<br />

Direct Supervision - The following conditions constitute direct<br />

supervision:<br />

a. A qualified sonographer reviews the request for the sonographic<br />

examination (a) to determine the capability of the student to<br />

perform the examination with reasonable success; or (b) to<br />

determine if the condition of the patient contraindicates<br />

performance of the examination by the student.<br />

b. If either of the above determinations is questionable or negative,<br />

a qualified sonographer should be present in the ultrasound<br />

room.<br />

c. The qualified sonographer reviews and approves the<br />

sonographic images prior to the dismissal of the patient. Medical<br />

judgment may supersede this provision.<br />

2. Once a student has demonstrated competency in a particular<br />

sonographic exam, or procedure, the student may be indirectly<br />

supervised by a qualified sonographer.<br />

Indirect Supervision is defined as supervision provided by a qualified<br />

sonographer immediately available to assist students regardless of the<br />

level of student achievement. Immediately available is interpreted as the<br />

presence of a qualified sonographer adjacent to the room or location<br />

where an ultrasound examination or procedure is being performed.<br />

3. The student will be under direct supervision when making a repeat<br />

sonographic examination during 100% of clinical training.<br />

4. The student will be under direct supervision when working in the<br />

Operating Room, Emergency Room (ED), and labor and delivery during<br />

100% of clinical training unless (1) the student has been signed-off on<br />

that particular examination or procedure AND (2) prior approval has<br />

been granted by the Department’s Imaging Manager.<br />

37


XVII. Personnel Descriptions<br />

A. Faculty<br />

1. Medical Advisor - Stephen K. Hansen, M.D.<br />

The Medical Advisor is a board certified physician who is responsible for<br />

the general supervision of staff who work in an imaging department. Our<br />

Medical Advisor, Dr. Hansen, is a Radiologist who is certified by the<br />

American Board of Radiology. He who works with the Program Director<br />

in developing the goals and objectives of the Program and in<br />

implementing the standards of achievement. DMS Programs may have<br />

one or more medical advisors.<br />

2. Program Director/Instructor/Clinical Supervisor – Cheryl Zelinsky<br />

Under general direction is responsible for the total coordination of the<br />

program with direct responsibility to the Division Chairperson working<br />

closely with the Medical Advisor and the Advisory Board. Directs formal<br />

classroom instruction and demonstration and is responsible for<br />

coordination of class schedules.<br />

3. Clinical Coordinator/Clinical Supervisor –TBD<br />

Under the direct supervision of the Radiography Program Director is<br />

responsible for formal classroom instruction and demonstration, and is<br />

responsible for coordination of student clinical assignment. The CC/CS<br />

is employed by <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> in a full or part-time capacity. The<br />

CC/CS maintains a schedule of regular visits to the clinical education<br />

centers to observe, evaluate and assure clinical education effectiveness,<br />

and record student clinical performance.<br />

4. Instructor: TBD<br />

Direct formal classroom instruction and demonstration.<br />

5. Adjunct/Part-time Faculty -TBD<br />

Direct formal classroom instruction and demonstration; observes,<br />

evaluates, and records student performance in the clinical areas.<br />

C. Clinical Personnel<br />

1. Radiologist/Sonologist: Unique to each facility<br />

Radiologist and/or Sonologist is a board certified Physician responsible<br />

for the interpretation of the sonographic examination. The<br />

Radiologists/Sonologist is at the upper level of the chain of command.<br />

For all intensive purposes, the R/S is your boss.<br />

2. Imaging/Department Manager/Chief Technologist:<br />

Personnel employed by a hospital to oversee the entire operation of a<br />

Diagnostic Medical Imaging (Radiology) Department.<br />

3. Medical Imaging Director<br />

The Imaging Director/Manager may be a Radiographer, Sonographer, or<br />

another credentialed member of the Allied Health Field. This position is<br />

responsible for the daily operations of the Imaging Department. Your<br />

clinical preceptor will report to the supervisory staff who reports to the<br />

Imaging Director.<br />

38


4. Clinical Preceptor (C.P.)<br />

Registered Diagnostic Medical Sonographer appointed in each clinical<br />

affiliate department who is directly responsible for the students assigned<br />

to their department; makes assignments of students so the student may<br />

benefit from as many new experiences as possible; completes evaluation<br />

reports on each sonography student and communicates directly to the<br />

Program Director regarding problems or suggestions.<br />

5. Staff Technologist/Sonographer<br />

Ultrasound Technologist or Sonographer employed by the clinical affiliate<br />

department. The makeup of the sonography staff is generally<br />

composed of sonographers with variable years of experience, areas of<br />

expertise, registry status, and areas of interest. The sonography staff will<br />

act as a cohesive unit to perform ultrasound procedures of exceptional<br />

quality and will promote ethical and culturally competent care of their<br />

patient.<br />

6. Imaging Department Staff<br />

The make-up of the imaging department includes: Radiographers, CT<br />

Technologists, MRI Technologists, NMT Technologists, Registered<br />

Nurses, clerical, and transportation staff. No matter the position, all<br />

members are treated equally and with respect.<br />

7. <strong>Student</strong>s<br />

Persons actively enrolled in the Diagnostic Medical Sonography program<br />

who are eligible to participate in the clinical sonographic experience.<br />

Duration begins at the onset of term two and concludes after the 5 th<br />

semester hours, competencies, and other program requirements have<br />

been successfully completed.<br />

XVIII.<br />

Professionalism, Professional Job Description<br />

A. Description of the Profession<br />

The Diagnostic Medical Sonographer/Vascular Technologist utilizes high frequency<br />

sound waves and other diagnostic techniques for medical diagnosis. The professional<br />

level of this health care service requires highly skilled and competent individuals who<br />

function as integral members of the health care team. The Diagnostic Medical<br />

Sonographer/Vascular Technologist must be able to produce and evaluate ultrasound<br />

images and related data that are used by physicians to render a medical diagnosis. They<br />

must acquire and maintain specialized technical skills and medical knowledge to render<br />

quality patient care.<br />

Sonographers are highly trained individuals.<br />

B. Sonographic Scope of Practice:<br />

Overview<br />

The Diagnostic/Vascular Technologist is a highly skilled individual qualified by academic<br />

and clinical experience to provide diagnostic patient services using ultrasound and<br />

related diagnostic techniques. The Diagnostic Medical Sonographer/Vascular<br />

Technologist is responsible for producing the best diagnostic information possible with<br />

the available resources. They acquire and evaluate data, while exercising discretion and<br />

judgment in performance of the clinical examination. The Diagnostic Medical<br />

Sonographer/Vascular Technologist is able to:


Obtain, review, and integrate pertinent<br />

‣ Patient history, physical examination, and supporting clinical data to<br />

facilitate optimum diagnostic results.<br />

Perform diagnostic procedures by<br />

‣ Producing, accessing, and evaluating ultrasound images and related data<br />

that are used by physicians to render a medical diagnosis.<br />

Provide interpreting physicians with an<br />

‣ Oral or written summary of technical findings.<br />

Provide patient and public education and<br />

‣ Promote principles of good health.<br />

C. SDMS Scope of Practice for the Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional<br />

Preamble:<br />

The purpose of this document is to define the Scope of Practice for Diagnostic Ultrasound<br />

Professionals and to specify their roles as members of the health care team, acting in the best<br />

interest of the patient. This scope of practice is a "living" document that will evolve as the<br />

technology expands.<br />

Definition of the Profession:<br />

The Diagnostic Ultrasound Profession is a multi-specialty field comprised of Diagnostic Medical<br />

Sonography (with subspecialties in abdominal, neurologic, obstetrical/gynecologic and ophthalmic<br />

ultrasound), Diagnostic Cardiac Sonography (with subspecialties in adult and pediatric<br />

echocardiography), Vascular Technology, and other emerging fields. These diverse specialties<br />

are distinguished by their use of diagnostic medical ultrasound as a primary technology in their<br />

daily work. Certification 1 is considered the standard of practice in ultrasound. Individuals who are<br />

not yet certified should reference the Scope as a professional model and strive to become<br />

certified.<br />

Scope of Practice of the Profession:<br />

The Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional is an individual qualified by professional credentialing 2<br />

and academic and clinical experience to provide diagnostic patient care services using ultrasound<br />

and related diagnostic procedures. The scope of practice of the Diagnostic Ultrasound<br />

Professional includes those procedures, acts and processes permitted by law, for which the<br />

individual has received education and clinical experience, and in which he/she has demonstrated<br />

competency.<br />

Diagnostic Ultrasound Professionals:<br />

Perform patient assessments<br />

Acquire and analyze data obtained using ultrasound and related diagnostic technologies<br />

Provide a summary of findings to the physician to aid in patient diagnosis and<br />

management<br />

Use independent judgment and systematic problem solving methods to produce high<br />

quality diagnostic information and optimize patient care.


Copyright © 1993-2000<br />

Society of Diagnostic Medical Sonography<br />

Dallas, Texas USA<br />

All Rights Reserved Worldwide<br />

Organizations that endorse the Scope of Practices and Practice Standards may use them for their own<br />

internal use, including copying or distributing the text, provided that the text is reproduced in its entirety with<br />

no changes, and includes proper attribution and the copyright notice displayed above.<br />

D. Code of Ethics for the Profession of Diagnostic Medical Sonography<br />

Approved by SDMS Board of Directors, December 6, 2006<br />

PREAMBLE<br />

The goal of this code of ethics is to promote excellence in patient care by fostering responsibility<br />

and accountability among diagnostic medical sonographers. In so doing, the integrity of the<br />

profession of diagnostic medical sonography will be maintained.<br />

OBJECTIVES<br />

1. To create and encourage an environment where professional and ethical issues are<br />

discussed and addressed.<br />

2. To help the individual diagnostic medical sonographer identify ethical issues.<br />

3. To provide guidelines for individual diagnostic medical sonographers regarding ethical<br />

behavior.<br />

PRINCIPLES<br />

Principle I: In order to promote patient well-being, the diagnostic medical sonographer<br />

shall:<br />

A. Provide information to the patient about the purpose of the sonography procedure and<br />

respond to the patient's questions and concerns.<br />

B. Respect the patient's autonomy and the right to refuse the procedure.<br />

C. Recognize the patient's individuality and provide care in a non-judgmental and nondiscriminatory<br />

manner.<br />

D. Promote the privacy, dignity and comfort of the patient by thoroughly explaining the<br />

examination, patient positioning and implementing proper draping techniques.<br />

E. Maintain confidentiality of acquired patient information, and follow national patient<br />

privacy regulations as required by the "Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act<br />

of 1996 (HIPAA)."<br />

F. Promote patient safety during the provision of sonography procedures and while the<br />

patient is in the care of the diagnostic medical sonographer.<br />

Principle II: To promote the highest level of competent practice, diagnostic medical<br />

sonographers shall:<br />

A. Obtain appropriate diagnostic medical sonography education and clinical skills to<br />

ensure competence.<br />

B. Achieve and maintain specialty specific sonography credentials. Sonography<br />

credentials must be awarded by a national sonography credentialing body that is<br />

accredited by a national organization which accredits credentialing bodies, i.e., the<br />

National Commission for Certifying Agencies (NCCA);<br />

http://www.noca.org/ncca/ncca.htm or the International Organization for Standardization<br />

(ISO); http://www.iso.org/iso/en/ISOOnline.frontpage.<br />

C. Uphold professional standards by adhering to defined technical protocols and<br />

diagnostic criteria established by peer review.


D. Acknowledge personal and legal limits, practice within the defined scope of practice,<br />

and assume responsibility for his/her actions.<br />

E. Maintain continued competence through lifelong learning, which includes continuing<br />

education, acquisition of specialty specific credentials and recredentialing.<br />

F. Perform medically indicated ultrasound studies, ordered by a licensed physician or<br />

their designated health care provider.<br />

G. Protect patients and/or study subjects by adhering to oversight and approval of<br />

investigational procedures, including documented informed consent.<br />

H. Refrain from the use of any substances that may alter judgment or skill and thereby<br />

compromise patient care.<br />

I. Be accountable and participate in regular assessment and review of equipment,<br />

procedures, protocols, and results. This can be accomplished through facility<br />

accreditation.<br />

Principle III: To promote professional integrity and public trust, the diagnostic medical<br />

sonographer shall:<br />

A. Be truthful and promote appropriate communications with patients and colleagues.<br />

B. Respect the rights of patients, colleagues and yourself.<br />

C. Avoid conflicts of interest and situations that exploit others or misrepresent<br />

information.<br />

D. Accurately represent his/her experience, education and credentialing.<br />

E. Promote equitable access to care.<br />

F. Collaborate with professional colleagues to create an environment that promotes<br />

communication and respect.<br />

G. Communicate and collaborate with others to promote ethical practice.<br />

H. Engage in ethical billing practices.<br />

I. Engage only in legal arrangements in the medical industry.<br />

J. Report deviations from the Code of Ethics to institutional leadership for internal<br />

sanctions, local intervention and/or criminal prosecution. The Code of Ethics can serve as<br />

a valuable tool to develop local policies and procedures.<br />

E. Diagnostic Ultrasound Clinical Practice Standards<br />

Standards are designed to reflect behavior and performance levels expected in clinical practice<br />

for the Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional. These Clinical Practice Standards set forth the<br />

standards (principles) that are common to all of the specialties within the larger category of the<br />

diagnostic ultrasound profession. Individual specialties or subspecialties may adopt standards<br />

that extend or refine these general Standards and that better reflect the day to day practice of<br />

these specialties. Certification is considered the standard of practice in ultrasound. Individuals not<br />

yet certified may reference these Clinical Practice Standards to optimize patient care.<br />

Section 1<br />

Patient Information Assessment and Evaluation<br />

Patient Education & Communication, Procedure Plan<br />

STANDARD - Patient Information Assessment & Evaluation:<br />

1.1 Information regarding the patient's past and present health status is essential in<br />

providing appropriate diagnostic ultrasound information. Therefore, pertinent data<br />

regarding the patient's medical history, including familial history as it relates to the<br />

diagnostic ultrasound procedure, should be collected whenever possible and<br />

evaluated to determine its relevance to the ultrasound examination.


The Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional:<br />

1.1.1 Verifies patient identification and that the requested procedure correlates<br />

with the patient's clinical history and presentation. In the event that the<br />

requested procedure does not correlate, either the interpreting physician<br />

or the referring physician will be notified.<br />

1.1.2 Uses interviewing techniques to gather relevant information from the<br />

patient or patient's representative and the patient's medical records<br />

regarding the patient's health status and medical history.<br />

1.1.3 Assesses the patient's ability to tolerate procedures.<br />

1.1.4 Evaluates any contra-indications to the procedure, such as medications,<br />

insufficient patient preparation or the patient's inability or unwillingness to<br />

tolerate the procedure.<br />

STANDARD - Patient Education and Communication:<br />

1.2 Effective communication and education are necessary to establish a positive<br />

relationship with the patient and/or the patient's representative, and to elicit patient<br />

cooperation and understanding of expectations.<br />

The Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional:<br />

1.2.1 Communicates with the patient in a manner appropriate to the patient's<br />

ability to understand. Presents explanations and instructions in a<br />

manner which can be easily understood by the patient and other health<br />

care providers.<br />

1.2.2 Explains the examination procedure to the patient and responds to<br />

patient questions and concerns.<br />

1.2.3 Refers specific diagnostic, treatment or prognosis questions to the<br />

patient's physician.<br />

STANDARD - Analysis and Determination of Procedure Plan for Conducting the Diagnostic<br />

Examination<br />

1.3 The most appropriate procedure plan 1 seeks to optimize patient safety and comfort,<br />

diagnostic ultrasound quality and efficient use of resources, while achieving the<br />

diagnostic objective of the examination.<br />

The Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional:<br />

1.3.1 Analyzes the previously gathered information and develops a<br />

procedure plan for the diagnostic procedure. Each procedure plan is<br />

based on age appropriate and gender appropriate considerations and<br />

actions.<br />

1.3.2 Uses independent professional judgment to adapt the procedure plan<br />

to optimize examination results. Performs the ultrasound or vascular<br />

technology procedure under general 2 or direct 3 supervision, as defined<br />

by the procedure.<br />

1.3.3 Consults appropriate medical personnel, when necessary, in order to<br />

optimize examination results.<br />

1.3.4 Confers with the interpreting physician, when appropriate, to determine<br />

if contrast media administration will enhance image quality and provide<br />

additional diagnostic information.<br />

1.3.5 Uses appropriate technique for intravenous line insertion and contrast<br />

media administration when the use of contrast is required.<br />

1.3.6 Determines the need for accessory equipment. 4<br />

43


1.3.7 Determines the need for additional personnel to assist in the<br />

examination.<br />

1.3.8 Acquires prior written approval from the medical director for contrast<br />

media injection. 5<br />

STANDARD - Implementation of the Procedure Plan<br />

1.4 Quality patient care is provided through the safe and accurate implementation of a<br />

deliberate procedure plan.<br />

The Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional:<br />

1.4.1 Implements a procedure plan that falls within established protocols. 6<br />

1.4.2 Elicits the cooperation of the patient in order to carry out the procedure plan.<br />

1.4.3 Modifies the procedure plan according to the patient's disease process or<br />

condition.<br />

1.4.4 Uses accessory equipment, when appropriate.<br />

1.4.5 Modifies the procedure plan, as required, according to the physical<br />

circumstances under which the procedure must be performed (i.e., operating<br />

room, ultrasound laboratory, patient's bedside, emergency room.)<br />

1.4.6 Assesses and monitors the patient's physical and mental status during the<br />

examination.<br />

1.4.7 Modifies the procedure plan according to changes in the patient's clinical<br />

status during the procedure.<br />

1.4.8 Administers first aid, or provides life support in emergency situations, as<br />

required by employer policy.<br />

1.4.9 Performs basic patient care tasks, as needed.<br />

1.4.10 Requests the assistance of additional personnel, when warranted.<br />

1.4.11 Recognizes sonographic characteristics of normal and abnormal<br />

tissues, structures and blood flow; adjusts scanning technique to<br />

optimize image quality and spectral waveform characteristics.<br />

1.4.12 Analyzes sonographic findings throughout the course of the<br />

examination so that a comprehensive exam is completed and<br />

sufficient data is provided to the physician to direct patient<br />

management and render a final diagnosis.<br />

1.4.13 Performs measurements and calculations according to laboratory<br />

protocol.<br />

1.4.14 Strives to minimize patient exposure to acoustic energy without<br />

compromising examination quality or completeness.<br />

STANDARD - Evaluation of the Diagnostic Examination Results<br />

1.5 Careful evaluation of examination results 7 in the context of the procedure plan is<br />

important in order to determine whether the procedure plan goals have been met.<br />

The Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional:<br />

1.5.1 Establishes that the examination, as performed, complies with<br />

applicable protocols and guidelines. 8<br />

1.5.2 Identifies any exceptions to the expected outcome. 9<br />

1.5.3 Documents any exceptions 10 clearly, concisely and completely. When<br />

necessary, develops a revised procedure plan in order to achieve the<br />

intended outcome.<br />

44


1.5.4 Initiates additional scanning techniques or administers contrast agents<br />

as indicated by the examination and according to established<br />

laboratory policy and procedures under state law.<br />

1.5.5 Notifies an appropriate health provider when immediate medical<br />

attention is necessary, based on procedural findings and patient<br />

conditions.<br />

1.5.6 Evaluates the patient's physical and mental status prior to discharge<br />

from the Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional.<br />

1.5.7 Upon assessment of the examination findings, recognizes the need for<br />

an urgent rather than routine report and takes appropriate action.<br />

1.5.8 Provides a written or oral summary of preliminary findings to the physician.<br />

STANDARD - Documentation<br />

1.6 Clear and precise documentation is necessary for continuity of care, accuracy of care<br />

and quality assurance.<br />

The Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional:<br />

1.6.1 Documents diagnostic and patient data in the appropriate record,<br />

according to the policy and procedure of the facility.<br />

1.6.2 Ensures that the documentation is timely, accurate, concise and<br />

complete.<br />

1.6.3 Documents any exceptions from the established protocols and<br />

procedures.<br />

1.6.4 Records diagnostic images and data for use by the interpreting<br />

physician in rendering a diagnosis and for archival purposes.<br />

1.6.5 Provides an oral or written summary of preliminary findings to the<br />

interpreting physician.<br />

Section 2<br />

Quality Assurance Performance Standards<br />

STANDARD - Implementation of Quality Assurance<br />

2.1 Implementation of a quality assurance action plan is imperative for quality diagnostic<br />

procedures and patient care.<br />

The Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional:<br />

2.1.1 Obtains assistance appropriate personnel to implement the quality<br />

assurance action plan.<br />

2.1.2 Implements the quality assurance action plan.<br />

STANDARD - Assessment of Equipment, Procedures and the Work Environment<br />

2.2 The planning and provision of safe and effective medical service relies on the<br />

collection of pertinent information about equipment, procedures and the work<br />

environment.<br />

The Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional:<br />

2.2.1 Strives to maintain a safe workplace environment.<br />

2.2.2 Performs equipment quality assurance procedures, as required, to<br />

determine that equipment operates at an acceptable performance<br />

level.<br />

2.2.3 Seeks to ensure that each work site in which the Diagnostic Ultrasound<br />

Professional conducts patient examinations has in place a policy<br />

45


manual that addresses environmental safety, equipment maintenance<br />

standards and equipment operation standards and that this policy<br />

manual is reviewed and revised on a regular basis. Knows,<br />

understands and implements the policies set forth in the work site<br />

policy manual.<br />

STANDARD - Analysis and Determination of a Quality Assurance Plan<br />

2.3 The Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional uses quality assurance and continuous<br />

quality improvement methods to assess and evaluate all aspects of ultrasound<br />

practice.<br />

The Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional:<br />

2.3.1 Strives to become knowledgeable about the theory and practice of<br />

quality assurance and continuous quality improvement methods and<br />

procedures as they are applied in the clinical environment. Works with<br />

all concerned parties to implement such methods and procedures with<br />

the objective of continuously improving the quality of ultrasound<br />

diagnostic services.<br />

2.3.2 Compares quality assurance results to established and acceptable<br />

values.<br />

2.3.3 Works with all concerned parties to formulate and implement an action<br />

plan.<br />

STANDARD - Outcomes Measurement<br />

2.4 Outcomes assessment 11 is an integral part of the ongoing quality assurance plan to<br />

enhance diagnostic services.<br />

The Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional:<br />

2.4.1 Based on outcomes assessment, determines whether the<br />

performance, of equipment and materials is in accordance with<br />

established guidelines and protocols.<br />

2.4.2 Based on outcomes assessment, determines whether the diagnostic<br />

information provided as a result of the ultrasound examination<br />

correlates with other diagnostic testing or procedures performed on the<br />

same patient.<br />

2.4.3 Based on outcomes assessment, determines that each test achieves<br />

the same outcome when performed by different Diagnostic Ultrasound<br />

Professionals.<br />

2.4.4 Develops and implements an action plan when outcome measurement<br />

results are not within currently accepted tolerances.<br />

2.4.5 Is knowledgeable of, or works with the medical director to develop,<br />

written diagnostic ultrasound procedure protocols that meet or exceed<br />

established guidelines. 12<br />

STANDARD - Documentation<br />

2.5 Documentation provides evidence of quality assurance activities designed to<br />

enhance the safety of patients, the public, and health care providers, during<br />

diagnostic ultrasound procedures.<br />

The Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional:<br />

2.5.1 Maintains documentation regarding quality assurance activities,<br />

procedures, and results, in accordance with the established laboratory<br />

policies and protocols.<br />

46


2.5.2 Provides timely, concise, accurate and complete documentation of<br />

quality assurance activities.<br />

2.5.3 Adheres to the established quality assurance performance standards.<br />

Section 3<br />

Professional Performance Standards<br />

STANDARD - Quality of Care<br />

3.1 All patients expect and deserve excellent care during the ultrasound examination.<br />

The Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional:<br />

3.1.1 Works in partnership with other health care professionals to provide<br />

the best medical care possible for all patients.<br />

3.1.2 Obtains and maintains appropriate professional credentials. 13<br />

3.1.3 Adheres to the standards, 14 policies, 15 and procedures 16 adopted by<br />

the profession and regulated by law.<br />

3.1.4 Provides the best possible diagnostic exam for each patient by<br />

applying professional judgment and discretion.<br />

3.1.5 Anticipates and responds to the needs of the patient.<br />

3.1.6 Participates in quality assurance programs.<br />

3.1.7 Stays current with required continuing medical education (CME) in<br />

order to stay abreast of changes in the field of diagnostic ultrasound<br />

and to maintain professional credentials.<br />

STANDARD - Self-Assessment<br />

3.2 Self-assessment is an essential component in professional growth and development.<br />

Self-assessment involves evaluation of personal performance, knowledge and skills.<br />

The Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional:<br />

3.2.1 Recognizes personal strengths and uses them to benefit patients,<br />

coworkers, and the profession.<br />

3.2.2 Performs diagnostic procedures only after receiving appropriate<br />

education and supervised clinical experience.<br />

3.2.3 Recognizes and takes advantage of educational opportunities,<br />

including improvement in technical and problem-solving skills and<br />

personal growth.<br />

STANDARD - Education<br />

3.3 Advancements in medical science and technology occur very rapidly, requiring an<br />

on-going commitment to professional education.<br />

The Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional:<br />

3.3.1 Maintains professional credentials that are specifically related to the<br />

currently practiced discipline(s).<br />

3.3.2 Participates in continuing education activities through professional<br />

societies and organizations, to enhance knowledge, skills and<br />

performance.<br />

STANDARD - Collaboration<br />

3.4 Quality patient care is provided when all members of the health care team<br />

communicate and collaborate efficiently.<br />

47


The Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional:<br />

3.4.1 Promotes a positive and collaborative atmosphere with all members of<br />

the health care team.<br />

3.4.2 Effectively communicates with all members of the health care team<br />

regarding the welfare of the patient.<br />

3.4.3 Shares knowledge and expertise with colleagues, patients, students,<br />

and all members of the health care team.<br />

STANDARD - Ethics<br />

3.5 All decisions made and actions taken on behalf of the patient adhere to the Code of<br />

Ethics 17 upon which the accepted professional standards are based.<br />

The Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional:<br />

3.5.1 Adheres to the accepted professional ethical standards as defined by<br />

the Code of Ethics.<br />

3.5.2 Is accountable for professional judgments and decisions, as outlined<br />

in the professional standard of ethics.<br />

3.5.3 Provides patient care with bias toward none and equal respect for all.<br />

3.5.4 Respects and promotes patients rights.<br />

3.5.5 Provides patient care with respect for patient dignity and needs.<br />

3.5.6 Acts as a patient advocate supporting patient rights.<br />

3.5.7 Adheres to the established professional performance standards of<br />

practice.<br />

Copyright © 1993-2000<br />

Society of Diagnostic Medical Sonography<br />

Dallas, Texas USA<br />

All Rights Reserved Worldwide<br />

Organizations which endorse the Scope of Practices and Practice Standards may use them for their own<br />

internal use, including copying or distributing the text, provided that the text is reproduced in its entirety<br />

with no changes, and includes proper attribution and the copyright notice displayed above.<br />

E. The Myth of "Registry-Eligible"<br />

The short list of things many folks believe in, but are not real:<br />

Santa Claus<br />

Easter Bunny<br />

A free lunch<br />

ARDMS "registry-eligible" classification<br />

Thousands, perhaps tens of thousands, of ultrasound providers are working in hospitals and<br />

other imaging facilities throughout the country by invoking the ARDMS credentialing category,<br />

"registry-eligible". Recruitment ads for sonographers, vascular sonographers, and cardiac<br />

sonographers routinely call for employment candidates who have ARDMS certification or who are<br />

"registry-eligible". Some sonographers have created long-term careers without ever having<br />

acquired ARDMS certification because they fulfill the job description qualification of "registryeligible".<br />

Problem is, that like the Easter Bunny, "registry-eligible" simply does not exist.<br />

48


In an interview with the ARDMS Executive Director, Dale Cyr, the issue of "registry-eligible" came<br />

up for discussion. Mr. Cyr stated, "ARDMS does not recognize the term "registry-eligible". We<br />

have three recognized levels within our examination process:<br />

1. Applicant: an individual sends in an application for internal review in hopes he/she will be<br />

allowed to sit for our examination(s).<br />

2. Candidate: an applicant has met all required prerequisites and is allowed to sit for<br />

ARDMS examination(s). A candidate will receive official notification in the mail and has<br />

90 days to take the approved examination(s).<br />

3. Registrant: a candidate has successfully completed a Physics (or Principles) and<br />

Instrumentation examination with a correlating specialty examination to earn a RDMS,<br />

RDCS, or RVT credential.<br />

It is also important to note that first-time candidates have 5 years to successfully complete both<br />

examinations (physics and correlating specialty), from the time they are officially notified that they<br />

are a candidate. Failure to achieve the first credential prior to the end of the 5 year timeframe will<br />

require reapplying as a first-time candidate and retaking any previous examination to achieve an<br />

ARDMS credential (RDMS, RDCS, RVT, ROUB)."<br />

Patients served by sonographers throughout the country deserve the highest quality provider<br />

accountability tool available. The "gold standard" within the ultrasound community is ARDMS<br />

certification.<br />

"Registry-eligible" is a myth and the patients we serve deserve more than myth.<br />

For information, visit the ARDMS website at: http://www.ardms.org<br />

F. Model Job Description: Diagnostic Medical Sonographer<br />

The following is a recommended MODEL job description for the position of Diagnostic Medical<br />

Sonographer. This model job description is basic and may be used as is or modified as<br />

necessary to meet other specific requirements of employment.<br />

For additional related information, see the Scope of Practice for the Diagnostic Ultrasound<br />

Professional (http://www.sdms.org/positions/scope.asp) and the Diagnostic Ultrasound Clinical<br />

Practice Standards (http://www.sdms.org/positions/clinicalpractice.asp).<br />

JOB TITLE<br />

• Diagnostic Medical Sonographer<br />

JOB DESCRIPTION<br />

• A Diagnostic Medical Sonographer is a Diagnostic Ultrasound Professional that is qualified<br />

by professional credentialing and academic and clinical experience to provide diagnostic<br />

patient care services using ultrasound and related diagnostic procedures. The scope of<br />

practice of the Diagnostic Medical Sonographer includes those procedures, acts and<br />

processes permitted by law, for which the individual has received education and clinical<br />

experience, has demonstrated competency, and has completed the appropriate ARDMS<br />

certification(s) which is the standard of practice in ultrasound.<br />

ORGANIZATIONAL REPORTING RELATIONSHIP<br />

• Administrative Supervisor: Chief Sonographer *<br />

• Medical Supervisor: Attending or Supervising Physician *<br />

49


* As defined by institution.<br />

JOB SUMMARY<br />

• The Diagnostic Medical Sonographer is responsible for the independent operation of<br />

sonographic equipment, and for performing and communicating results of diagnostic<br />

examinations using sonography.<br />

• The Diagnostic Medical Sonographer is responsible for daily operations of the sonographic<br />

laboratory, patient schedule, equipment maintenance, the report of equipment failures, and<br />

quality assessment (QA). The sonographer maintains a high standard of medical ethics at all<br />

times and is self-motivated to increase level of understanding and knowledge of the field,<br />

disease, and new procedures as they evolve.<br />

ESSENTIAL FUNCTIONS<br />

• Performs clinical assessment and diagnostic sonography examinations.<br />

• Uses cognitive sonographic skills to identify, record, and adapt procedures as appropriate to<br />

anatomical, pathological, diagnostic information and images.<br />

• Uses independent judgment during the sonographic exam to accurately differentiate between<br />

normal and pathologic findings.<br />

• Analyses sonograms, synthesizes sonographic information and medical history, and<br />

communicates findings to the appropriate physician.<br />

• Coordinates work schedule with Departmental Director and/or scheduling desk to assure<br />

workload coverage.<br />

• Assumes responsibility for the safety, mental and physical comfort of patients while they are<br />

in the sonographer's care.<br />

• Assists with the daily operations of the sonographic laboratory.<br />

• Maintains a daily log of patients seen / completes exam billing forms.<br />

• Maintains ultrasound equipment and work area, and maintains adequate supplies.<br />

• Participates in the maintenance of laboratory accreditation.<br />

• Establishes and maintains ethical working relationships and good rapport with all interrelating<br />

hospitals, referral or commercial agencies.<br />

• Performs other work-related duties as assigned.<br />

EXAMPLES OF DUTIES & RESPONSIBILITIES<br />

• Performs all requested sonographic examinations as ordered by the attending physician.<br />

• Prepares preliminary reports and contacts referring physicians when required, according to<br />

established procedures.<br />

• Coordinates with other staff to assure appropriate patient care is provided.<br />

• Addresses problems of patient care as they arise and makes decisions to appropriately<br />

resolve the problems.<br />

• Organizes daily work schedule and performs related clerical duties as required.<br />

• Assumes responsibility for the safety and well-being of all patients in the sonographic<br />

area/department.<br />

• Reports equipment failures to the appropriate supervisor or staff member.<br />

• Provides in-service education team on requirements of sonographic procedures as requested<br />

by other members of the health care team.<br />

• Performs other related duties as assigned.<br />

QUALIFICATIONS<br />

Education<br />

• Graduate of a formal Diagnostic Medical Sonography Program or Cardiovascular Technology<br />

Program that is accredited by the Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education<br />

Programs (CAAHEP) is required.<br />

• Bachelor of Science degree in Diagnostic Medical Sonography is desirable.<br />

50


Required Licenses/Certifications<br />

• Active certification by American Registry of Diagnostic Medical Sonographers (ARDMS) in<br />

the specialty(ies) as appropriate.<br />

• Current compliance with Continuing Medical Education (CME) requirements for specialty(ies)<br />

as appropriate.<br />

Experience<br />

• As defined by institution.<br />

Demonstration of Skills and Abilities<br />

• Ability to effectively operate sonographic equipment.<br />

• Ability to evaluate sonograms in order to acquire appropriate diagnostic information.<br />

• Ability to integrate diagnostic sonograms, laboratory results, patient history and medical<br />

records, and adapt sonographic examination as necessary.<br />

• Ability to use independent judgment to acquire the optimum diagnostic sonographic<br />

information in each examination performed.<br />

• Ability to evaluate, synthesize, and communicate diagnostic information to the attending<br />

physician.<br />

• Ability to communicate effectively with the patient and the health care team, recognizing the<br />

special nature of sonographic examinations and patient’s needs.<br />

• Ability to establish and maintain effective working relationships with the public and health<br />

care team.<br />

• Ability to follow established departmental procedures.<br />

• Ability to work efficiently and cope with emergency situations.<br />

PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS<br />

The employee must be physically capable of carrying out all assigned duties:<br />

• Emotional and physical health sufficient to meet the demands of the position.<br />

• Strength sufficient to: lift some patients, move heavy equipment on wheels (up to<br />

approximately 500 lbs), and to move patients in wheelchairs and stretchers.<br />

• Ability to maintain prolonged arm positions necessary for scanning.<br />

RISK OF EXPOSURE TO BLOOD BORNE PATHOGENS<br />

• Category I – Tasks involve exposure to blood, body fluids, or tissues.<br />

SALARY/BENEFITS<br />

As defined by institution.<br />

(Note: Salary should be competitive for geographic location, practice setting, and practice<br />

specialty. Refer to the latest edition of the SDMS Annual Income Report for specific<br />

information.)<br />

Date Reviewed:<br />

_______________<br />

DEPARTMENT AND HUMAN RESOURCES APPROVAL:<br />

__________________________<br />

Department Approval<br />

_________________________<br />

Human Resources Approval<br />

51


G. MEMBERSHIP IN PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATIONS<br />

Society of Diagnostic Medical Sonography<br />

2745 Dallas Pkwy, Ste. 350<br />

Plano, TX 75093-8730<br />

Society membership (SDMS) is strongly encouraged. Attendance at local meetings,<br />

when sponsored by sonographic organizations, is strongly encouraged. Faculty may<br />

require attendance if the subject matter is part of a course being taught. <strong>Student</strong>s with<br />

faculty permission may also attend other meetings in the field of ultrasound.<br />

DMS <strong>Student</strong>s are encouraged to hold student membership in the national ultrasound<br />

society. Membership is not required as there is an annual membership fee. <strong>Student</strong><br />

(STU) applications may be downloaded and printed. Due to additional written<br />

documentation that must be provided by the Program Director, online<br />

applications are not available. Please go to:<br />

http://www.sdms.org/membership/apply.asp#print<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s who are interested: Complete the above application, attach the membership<br />

fee and submit with a letter of interest to your program director.<br />

Other professional membership options:<br />

AIUM: American Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine<br />

ASRT: American Society for Radiologic Technology<br />

CSRT: California Society for Radiologic Technologists<br />

SVT: Society for Vascular Technology<br />

ASE: American Society for Echocardiography<br />

Other local, state and national societies.<br />

XIX. Patient Safety and Risk Management<br />

A. Age Appropriate Care: JCAHO Standards for AGE APPROPRIATE CARE<br />

Age Appropriate Care Through the Life Span<br />

The Joint Commission on the Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations (JCAHO) requires that<br />

any healthcare providers who have patient contact be competent in age appropriate characteristics and<br />

needs. JCAHO requires that all individuals with patient contact receive education and training related to<br />

the characteristics and needs of the age groups with which they come into contact. Although the<br />

following information may include age groups with for which you do not provide care, it is important to<br />

understand an overview of the needs across the life span.<br />

52


AGE GROUPS: A DEFINITION<br />

Although it is not always clear when one age group ends and another begins, the following is a<br />

generalized definition of the age groups.<br />

Infant<br />

Toddler<br />

Preschool<br />

School Age<br />

Adolescent<br />

Young Adult<br />

Middle Age Adult<br />

Old Adult<br />

Birth to one year<br />

One to three years<br />

Three to five years<br />

Five to twelve years<br />

Twelve to eighteen years<br />

Eighteen to forty-four years<br />

Forty five to sixty five years<br />

Over sixty five<br />

Although all characteristics of an age group do not apply to all individuals, they are meant to be guidelines<br />

that should be considered when providing care to patients of differing ages.<br />

DEVELOPMENTAL NEEDS<br />

The developmental psychologist Erik Erikson probably most notably writes about developmental needs<br />

across the life span. He has identified eight stages with corresponding tasks that must be met and<br />

resolved in order for individuals to progress through the life span in a fulfilling manner.<br />

Health care providers must consider the developmental challenges facing their patients and adjust their<br />

care accordingly.<br />

ERIKSON’S STAGES<br />

Age Group Task Lack of Resolution<br />

Infant Development of trust Mistrust; failure to thrive<br />

Toddler<br />

Autonomy<br />

Self-control & will power<br />

Shame and doubt<br />

Low frustration tolerance<br />

Preschool<br />

Initiative; confidence<br />

Has purpose and direction<br />

Guilt<br />

Fear of punishment<br />

School age<br />

Industry; self-confidence<br />

Competency<br />

Inferiority<br />

Fears about meeting<br />

Adolescent<br />

Identify formation<br />

Devotion and fidelity<br />

Sense of self<br />

Intimacy<br />

Affiliation and love<br />

expectations<br />

Role confusion<br />

Poor self-concept<br />

Young Adult<br />

Isolation<br />

Avoidance of relationships<br />

Middle age Concern about others Stagnation; self-absorption<br />

Old age<br />

Ego integrity; wisdom<br />

Views life with satisfaction<br />

Lack of concern about others<br />

Despair<br />

Life is meaningless<br />

COGNITIVE DEVELOPMENT THROUGH THE LIFE SPAN<br />

Developmental psychologist Jean Piaget is considered to be the primary source on how humans develop<br />

cognitively from birth through age twelve. He developed his theories after hundreds of hours of direct<br />

observation of children of all ages. Piaget defined three major stages of cognitive development: pre-<br />

53


operations, concrete operations and formal operations. He theorizes that cognitive development is nearly<br />

complete by age fifteen when the child is capable of abstract thought.<br />

AGE STAGE FEATURES<br />

Up to 2 years Sensorimotor thought Physical manipulation of<br />

objects<br />

2 to 7 years Peroperational symbolic Language development<br />

functioning<br />

7 to 11 years Concrete operations Logical reasoning<br />

Can solve concrete problems<br />

11 to 15 years Formal operations Fully developed<br />

Complex, logical abstract<br />

thought<br />

Manipulation of abstract<br />

concepts<br />

SAFETY THROUGH THE LIFE SPAN<br />

Safety is a basic human need that is of paramount importance to healthcare providers for all age groups<br />

of patients. During all phases of childhood and the later years safety needs are the greatest. Some<br />

childhood characteristics that make safety a primary concern are lack of impulse control, lack of good<br />

judgment, intense curiosity, and the need to develop autonomy. Older adults may suffer from cognitive<br />

impairment, sensory loss and the degenerative changes of aging. These make safety a primary concern<br />

for healthcare providers caring for an aging population.<br />

PHARMACOLOGY THROUGH THE LIFE SPAN<br />

Pharmacology dosage and route considerations vary according to the characteristics of virtually all age<br />

groups. For pre-adolescent children dosage is determined according to the weight of the child in<br />

kilograms. By the time a child reaches adolescence most adult dosages are usually acceptable. As with<br />

all medications, the nurse should be knowledgeable about any medication he/she is administering and<br />

should question or clarify any medication orders that are unclear or seem inappropriate.<br />

For children, the oral route of administration is preferred. Liquid forms should be used when appropriate.<br />

Pharmacological implications for very young children involve close monitoring of the effects of medication.<br />

In these age groups absorption and metabolic rates may be unpredictable.<br />

The aging adult population has special pharmacological considerations based on distinguishing<br />

characteristics of this group. Diminished blood flow, decreased peristalsis, and slowing of the basal<br />

metabolic rate lead to changes in physical functioning. As with young children, older adults may require<br />

close monitoring based on the unpredictability of absorption. A general rule with the elderly is to “start low<br />

and go slow.”<br />

If a swallowing disorder is a concern, medications may need to be crushed or given in liquid form.<br />

Always consult a pharmacist to see if either is a possibility since some medications may be time release,<br />

enteric-coated, sublingual, effervescent, or foul tasting.<br />

NUTRITION AND HYDRATION THROUGH THE LIFE SPAN<br />

Nutritional needs and considerations vary somewhat across the life span. Caloric requirements are<br />

greatest during infancy, adolescence, pregnancy and lactation.<br />

54


Infants require iron supplements and fat from whole milk. They should be introduced to solids beginning<br />

with cereal at four to six months of age. New foods should be introduced slowly so that intolerances can<br />

be determined.<br />

Toddlers like finger foods and should be introduced to utensils and cups instead of bottle-feeding and<br />

caregiver feeding. Preschoolers will begin to develop food preferences and the manual dexterity to use<br />

utensils. School age children prefer fast food and dining with friends.<br />

Adolescents, despite their increased nutritional needs, demonstrate irregular eating patterns and a<br />

preference for fast food and snacks. It is also during adolescence that eating disorders such as anorexia,<br />

bulimia and trendy diets may emerge.<br />

In the absence of pregnancy and lactation, the nutritional needs of the young and middle adult remain<br />

fairly constant. For the aging adult, fewer calories are required as appetite and digestive processes<br />

decrease. Other factors affecting nutritional status to be considered are dentition, financial resources,<br />

physical limitations and the ability to get to and from the store. “Meals on Wheels” may be a resource for<br />

the homebound elderly.<br />

AGE RELATED IMPLICATIONS FOR THE HEALTH CARE PROVIDER<br />

There are many other aspects of health care delivery that must be considered based on age<br />

characteristics. These include patient and family education, discharge planning, motivational techniques,<br />

ability to participate in care, communication techniques, and the impact of illness or hospitalization on the<br />

patient.<br />

The families of infants and the cognitively impaired must be the focus of teaching. Toddlers and school<br />

age children, however, must be given explanations according to their developmental stages. Very often<br />

dolls and puppets may be effective props for teaching these age groups.<br />

Discharge planning may also be affected by the age of the patient. Age appropriate community resources<br />

must be considered. Reporting mechanisms and agencies for age related abuse also vary.<br />

A patient’s level of involvement in care is also affected by age. While a minor may have an opinion<br />

regarding healthcare, decision-making is usually placed on the parent or legal guardian. At the other end<br />

of the life span, the older adult may be physically or cognitively impaired and unable to participate in<br />

certain decisions or aspects of his/her care.<br />

The meaning of illness and hospitalization varies widely across the life span. For an infant, it means<br />

separation from the primary caregiver. For a school age child it means missing school. For an adolescent<br />

it means separation from the peer group. For the young adult illness may mean loss of a job. For the<br />

older adult, illness may bring up issues of physical decline or mortality.<br />

REFERENCE: http://www.thenurseagency.com<br />

B. Process of Reporting Complications<br />

The policy for reporting complications is to report any occurrences to the ultrasound<br />

supervisor as soon as the incident occurs. This includes complications or incidents<br />

involving complaints or injuries to the patient and also complaints or injuries of the<br />

employee. An incident report will be filled out the same day and given to the ultrasound<br />

supervisor. If the ultrasound supervisor is not available, the incident should be reported to<br />

the office manager and/or medical director. All employees should be made aware of the<br />

location of incident forms.<br />

55


C. Infectious Diseases<br />

The policy for preventing the spread of infectious disease and hand washing policies<br />

follow the guidelines developed by the U.S. Department of Labor Occupational Safety<br />

and Health Administration (OSHA). See attached. Reference: www.osha.gov<br />

D. Communicable Diseases<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s may need to be restricted from clinical work settings during the incubation<br />

period of a communicable disease and/or during a known period of communicability.<br />

1. <strong>Student</strong>s with a suspected diagnosis of the following diseases must report the<br />

infection to the program director. Confirmation and treatment if desired or<br />

recommendation will be required:<br />

Chicken pox (required)<br />

scabies/lice<br />

Hepatitis-acute<br />

tuberculosis<br />

Measles (rubella)<br />

2. During a known period of communicability, students may not work in the clinical<br />

setting unless authorized to do so.<br />

3. <strong>Student</strong>s assigned to clinical settings may require restrictions if diagnosed or<br />

suspected of having the following communicable diseases:<br />

Conjunctivitis<br />

herpes zoter (shingles)<br />

Hepatitis<br />

herpes simplex (cold sores)<br />

Influenza<br />

skin infections<br />

Herpes Whitlow (finger)<br />

4. Non-immune students who have been accepted into the program should notify the<br />

program director following exposure to any of the following communicable diseases:<br />

Chicken pox<br />

rubella<br />

Mumps<br />

herpes zoter<br />

Hepatitis (acute)<br />

measles<br />

5. Any time missed due to illness or any nature is considered absence and will be<br />

handled according to attendance policies established by the program.<br />

E. Transducer Cleaning<br />

The policy for cleaning and preparing endocavitary ultrasound transducers between<br />

patients follows the recommended guidelines produced by the AIUM Ultrasound Practice<br />

Committee as found in the AIUM Reporter 11:7, 1995.<br />

The following specific recommendations were made for the use of endocavitary<br />

ultrasound transducers:<br />

1. Cleaning<br />

After removal of the probe cover, use running water to remove any residual gel or<br />

debris from the probe. Use a damp gauze pad other soft clot and a small amount of<br />

nonabrasive liquid soap to thoroughly cleanse the transducer. Consider the use of a<br />

small brush especially for the crevices and areas of angulation depending on the<br />

design of your particular transducer. Rinse the transducer thoroughly with running<br />

water, and then dry the transducer with a soft cloth or paper towel.<br />

2. Disinfection<br />

a. If a sterile processing department is available, take the transducer to sterile<br />

processing for further disinfection. Upon completion of the sterile processing,<br />

return transducer to carrying case until the next usage.<br />

56


. Cleaning with a detergent/water solution as described above is clearly the<br />

cornerstone of disinfection. However, additional use of liquid chemical<br />

germicides may help to ensure further statistical reduction in microbial load.<br />

Because of the variance of the cleaning process and the potential disruption<br />

of the barrier sheath, addition disinfection with chemical agents may be<br />

desirable. Examples of such chemical agents include but are not limited to<br />

2.4-3.2% glutaraldehyde products (a variety of available<br />

proprietary products including "Cidex", "Metricide," or "Procide."<br />

Common household bleach (5.25% sodium hypochlorite) diluted to<br />

yield 500 parts per million chlorine (10cc in one liter of tap water)<br />

Iodophor disinfectant/detergents (hard surface disinfectants diluted<br />

for use per manufacturer's instruction [e.g., "Westcodyne"]).<br />

Antiseptic-type iodophors (e.g., "Betadine") are not acceptable for<br />

use as disinfectants.<br />

Practioners should consult the labels of proprietary products for specific instructions.<br />

They should also consult instrument manufacturers regarding compatibility of those<br />

agents with probes. Note that such agents are potentially toxic and many require<br />

adequate precautions such as proper ventilation, personal protective devices (gloves,<br />

face/eye protection, etc.) and thorough rinsing before reuse of the probe.<br />

3. Probe Covers<br />

The transducer should be covered with a barrier, usually a latex condom. These<br />

should be non-lubricated and non-medicated. Practioners should be aware that<br />

condoms have a six-fold enhanced AQL (acceptable quality level) when compared to<br />

standard examination gloves. They have an AQL equal to that of surgical gloves.<br />

Occasionally, patients may be latex-sensitive, and alternative barriers (vinyl) should<br />

then be used.<br />

4. Aseptic Technique<br />

Obviously, for the protection of the patient and the sonographer, all endocavitary<br />

examinations should be performed with the operator properly gloved throughout the<br />

procedure. Gloves should be used to remove the condom or other barrier from the<br />

transducer and to wash the transducer as outlined above. As the barrier (condom) is<br />

removed, care should be taken not to contaminate the probe with secretions from the<br />

patient. At the completion of the procedure, hand should be washed with soap and<br />

water. Note" Obvious disruption in condom integrity does NOT require modification of<br />

this protocol. These guidelines take into account possible probe contamination due to<br />

a disruption in the barrier sheath.<br />

F. Universal Precautions<br />

The policy regarding universal precautions follows the guidelines developed by the U.S.<br />

Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). See<br />

attached. Reference: www.osha.gov<br />

Blood Borne Pathogens<br />

Bloodborne pathogens are infectious microorganisms in human blood that can cause<br />

disease in humans. These pathogens include, but are not limited to, hepatitis B (HBV),<br />

hepatitis C (HCV) and human immunodeficiency virus (HIV). Needlesticks and other<br />

sharps-related injuries may expose workers to bloodborne pathogens. Workers in many<br />

occupations, including first aid team members, housekeeping personnel in some<br />

industries, nurses and other healthcare personnel may be at risk of exposure to<br />

bloodborne pathogens.<br />

57


How to control exposure to bloodborne pathogens?<br />

In order to reduce or eliminate the hazards of occupational exposure to bloodborne<br />

pathogens, an employer must implement an exposure control plan for the worksite with<br />

details on employee protection measures. The plan must also describe how an employer<br />

will use a combination of engineering and work practice controls, ensure the use of<br />

personal protective clothing and equipment, provide training , medical surveillance,<br />

hepatitis B vaccinations, and signs and labels, among other provisions. Engineering<br />

controls are the primary means of eliminating or minimizing employee exposure and<br />

include the use of safer medical devices, such as needleless devices, shielded needle<br />

devices, and plastic capillary tubes.<br />

How can OSHA Help?<br />

OSHA has developed this webpage to provide workers and employers useful, up-to-date<br />

information on bloodborne pathogens. For other valuable worker protection information,<br />

such as Workers' Rights, Employer Responsibilities and other services OSHA offers,<br />

read OSHA's Workers page.<br />

If you are stuck by a needle or other sharp or get blood or other<br />

potentially infectious materials in your eyes, nose, mouth, or on<br />

broken skin, immediately flood the exposed area with water and<br />

clean any wound with soap and water or a skin disinfectant if<br />

available. Report this immediately to your employer and seek<br />

immediate medical attention.<br />

http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/topics/bbp/universal.html<br />

G. Emergency Procedures<br />

For hospital employees, refer to hospital wide emergency preparedness plan. For<br />

outpatient services employ the following standard provided by the U.S Department of<br />

Health and Human Services- Center of Disease Control. Visit the website for up-to-date<br />

emergency preparedness information at http://www.bt.cdc.gov/planning.<br />

Examples of readily available information:<br />

Preparedness for Specific Types of Emergencies<br />

Bioterrorism Emergencies Anthrax, smallpox...more<br />

Chemical Emergencies<br />

Mass Casualties<br />

Natural Disasters<br />

Radiation Emergencies<br />

Preparedness for Healthcare Facilities<br />

Adapting Standards of Care under Extreme Conditions: Guidance for<br />

Professionals During Disasters, Pandemics, and Other Extreme Emergencies<br />

Bioterrorism Readiness Plan: A Template for Healthcare Facilities<br />

Hospital Preparedness for Mass Causalities<br />

OSHA Best Practices for Hospital-Based First Receivers of Victims<br />

58


XX. Equipment Safety And Maintenance<br />

Safety Checks<br />

Safety checks for electrical and transducer cord integrity should be performed daily. Any potential<br />

electrical faults should be reported immediately and the equipment should be taken out of<br />

commission until it is repaired and inspected by an authorized service representative.<br />

Calibration<br />

Calibration of the ultrasound machine will be performed by the service representative on an<br />

annual basis as part of the preventative maintenance process. If the machine is not functioning<br />

properly, an interim calibration may be necessary. The calibration should include phantom<br />

images to meet the AIUM and/or ACR accreditation criteria for quality assurance.<br />

Maintenance Procedures<br />

Maintenance contracts will remain current between the vendors and administration. Preventative<br />

maintenance will be performed on each machine on an annual basis with interim service calls as<br />

needed to ensure the proper functioning of all equipment.<br />

XXI. Technical Protocols<br />

A. DMS Program On-Campus: Scanning Protocol<br />

‣ Data from the AIUM is provided for clinical reference<br />

o Refer to the web links in the following pages for clarification<br />

o Entire documents are not included in this protocol; numbering will appear to be<br />

incorrect in some areas<br />

‣ You will complete the assigned images from this document while on campus<br />

‣ All scans on campus begin with long/trans and short/long survey scans<br />

‣ You will create scanning protocol for some exams based on AIUM and affiliate guidelines<br />

‣ You will follow data similar to the AIUM guidelines at each clinical facility<br />

‣ Each facility will utilize a variation of these protocol<br />

B. CAMPUS SCANNING POLICIES<br />

Right hand<br />

o “contaminated,” hold gel bottle, transducer; scanning hand<br />

Left hand<br />

o “clean,” manipulate instrumentation, keyboard, moniter/screen, printer, nonpatient/gel<br />

covered areas; stays free of gel and transducer<br />

Begin by typing information (prior to touching transducer)<br />

Place thermographic paper into printer prior to touching gel bottle<br />

Hold transducer properly & manipulate correctly<br />

Use proper scanning ergonomics<br />

Find the proper scanning depth (ie: liver/kidney interface) and do not change this depth<br />

o This applies ONLY to the campus laboratory<br />

Use RES/expand/enlarge when appropriate<br />

o DO NOT eliminate necessary surrounding tissue on any image<br />

o DO NOT RES/EXPAND all images<br />

Use appropriate transducer (footprint, frequency, shape) for anatomy in question<br />

o Switch transducers throughout exam as needed for anatomy & anomalies<br />

Adjust technical factors throughout the examination to improve image quality<br />

59


o On campus: “Perfection” is the goal<br />

o At clinic: Diagnostic quality is the outcome<br />

Adjust focal zone locations for proper image resolution and detail<br />

o These will vary throughout the exam<br />

Maintain 90 degree relationship with anatomical interface and the sound beam<br />

Sonography is “organ specific.” Align scan plane to longitudinal axis or short axis<br />

especially with required measurements<br />

o Long and short axes are not necessarily sagittal and transverse<br />

Label based on primary scan plane (long/sag, transverse, coronal, tangential, axial)<br />

o MSK: Long Axis and Short Axis<br />

o Breast: Long, Trans, Radial, Antiradial; quadrant may be used<br />

Label organ; body side; scanning plane; patient position (supine is usually implied)<br />

Measure (ON CAMPUS) length in sagittal/ long axis plane; width and depth (AP) in short<br />

axis/transverse plane<br />

o AIUM guidelines may state differently<br />

o There is a purpose for this policy on campus<br />

Doppler implies Pulsed Wave (PW) unless otherwise identified<br />

When color Doppler is required: take the image with color Doppler and print.<br />

o The image will show the “color” in shades of white on the thermographic print<br />

When printing (thermographic paper):<br />

o Take/print required images in the order requested<br />

• I will review the date and time of the image<br />

• Use a single system<br />

o Do NOT separate images (keep in a single strand)<br />

o Additional images will result in points being deducted from your score—unless a<br />

position change is required; i.e.: erect for pancreas, or water-filled stomach for<br />

pancreas<br />

• Should additional images be essential, document rationale<br />

o Do not eliminate required images from the required submitted list. This will place<br />

your images out of order and lower your score.<br />

• If you can’t get the image required: take what you can and move on.<br />

Something is better than nothing.<br />

Use proper breathing &/or bladder preparation techniques and modify as required<br />

o When preparing to be an abdominal “patient” in the US lab, avoid fatty foods, and<br />

other foods that contract the GB. <strong>Student</strong>s should NEVER come to class NPO.<br />

Align the table, scanning system, scanning chair, and patient to YOUR body habitus<br />

Use adequate amount of scanning gel<br />

o Too little will diminish image quality<br />

o Too much is wasteful, inappropriate, unprofessional, and really makes a mess<br />

o Additional gel, if needed, may be added throughout the exam<br />

Use adequate amount of scanning pressure (transducer compression)<br />

o Most abdominal exams require about 40 pounds of pressure<br />

o When possible use less force (generating a hematoma on the patient is NOT the<br />

goal)<br />

o When additional pressure is essential…consider standing<br />

When exam is complete: Wipe gel off patient and clean equipment; return system, table,<br />

and chair to routine position<br />

Use YOUR towels to clean YOUR skin; use the school’s towels to clean the machine; use<br />

your “patient’s” towels to clean your “patient”<br />

Never rest the transducer on the “patient’s” skin. Return the probe to the holder when not<br />

in use…after removing gel/wiping clean<br />

Use proper medical/sonography terminology and language while in the lab<br />

Maintain a professional attitude and demeanor at all times<br />

Complete required worksheets using proper medical terms and avoid personal<br />

conclusions or negative observations<br />

60


Wear uniforms in the laboratory as required<br />

No food or drink in the lab<br />

o Exception: For courses that require a filled urinary bladder, or filled stomach<br />

technique, you may bring a bottle of water (with re-sealable cap)<br />

o No gum, candy, or other products designed for oral consumption<br />

Rotate as required during lab courses: All students will assume both sonographer and<br />

“patient” roles in lab.<br />

During “after-class” scanning: document your time on your scanning hours form, and in<br />

the lab sign-in log book; a faculty member must be present<br />

During open lab you may scan anyone who is over the age of 18, does not have a known<br />

pathologic condition, and is not and does not suspect being pregnant;<br />

o patients will sign a release prior to your scanning session<br />

o neither a diagnosis nor finding will be shared with a “patient”<br />

o should you determine, on a pelvic exam, that your patient may be or is pregnant:<br />

STOP<br />

Data from the AIUM (American Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine)<br />

Complete Policy for Practice Guidelines: (www.aium.org)<br />

Practice Guidelines may be downloaded for free on the website by members and<br />

nonmembers.<br />

Individuals may make as many photocopies as needed of the guidelines.<br />

http://aium.org/resources/guidelines/documentation.pdf<br />

C. AIUM Practice Guideline for Documentation of an Ultrasound<br />

Examination<br />

Introduction<br />

Adequate documentation by all members of the diagnostic ultrasound health care team is<br />

essential for high-quality patient care. There should be a permanent record of the ultrasound<br />

examination and its interpretation. Images of all relevant areas, both normal and abnormal,<br />

should be recorded in a retrievable format. Retention of the ultrasound images and report should<br />

be consistent both with clinical needs and with relevant legal and local health care facility<br />

requirements. The reader is urged to refer also to the individual guidelines for each ultrasound<br />

examination since they may contain additional documentation requirements.<br />

Documentation Included for the Ultrasound Examination<br />

Official documentation for the ultrasound images should include but is not limited to the following:<br />

• Patient’s name and other identifying information.<br />

• Facility identifying information.<br />

• Date of ultrasound examination.<br />

• Image orientation when appropriate.<br />

If a worksheet is utilized and retained, documentation should include:<br />

• Patient’s name and other identifying information.<br />

• Date of ultrasound examination.<br />

• Relevant clinical information and/or ICD 9 code.<br />

• Specific ultrasound examination requested.<br />

• Name of patient’s health care provider and contact information as appropriate.<br />

61


Final Report Provided by the Interpreting Physician<br />

A final report of the ultrasound findings is included in the patient’s medical record. The official final<br />

report should include but is not limited to the following:<br />

• Patient’s name and other identifying information.<br />

• Name of patient’s health care provider.<br />

• Location of ultrasound facility and contact information.<br />

• Relevant clinical information, including indication for the examination and/or<br />

ICD 9 code.<br />

• Date of ultrasound examination.<br />

• Specific ultrasound examination performed.<br />

• If endocavitary techniques are used, the method should be specified.<br />

• The report should include comment on the components of the examination as<br />

outlined in the relevant practice guideline(s).<br />

• Appropriate anatomic and sonographic terminology should be used; variations<br />

from normal size should be accompanied by measurements when appropriate<br />

(eg, organomegaly, masses); and limitations of the examination should be noted.<br />

• Pertinent, commonly utilized anatomic measurements should be listed (eg, fetal<br />

biometry).<br />

• Comparison with prior relevant imaging studies if available; recommendations,<br />

including appropriate follow-up studies; an impression or conclusion; and a<br />

specific diagnosis or differential diagnosis should all be included.<br />

• The final report should be generated, signed, and dated by the interpreting<br />

physician in accordance with state and federal requirements. (Electronic<br />

signature, transmission, and storage of the report is acceptable if patient privacy<br />

is ensured and legal requirements are met.) Verified final reports must be<br />

available within 24 hours of completion of the exam or, for nonemergency<br />

cases, by the next business day; exceptions to this time frame must be clarified.<br />

• Reports should be completed and transmitted to the patient’s health care<br />

provider in a timely fashion and in accordance with state and federal<br />

requirements.<br />

Nonroutine Results Reporting<br />

Preliminary Report Policy<br />

In an outpatient setting, sonographers are not permitted to give preliminary results to the<br />

referring physicians. The only exception would be if it were an emergent case in which the<br />

patient's condition will greatly suffer from even a slight delay. Examples include testicular<br />

or ovarian torsion, aortic dissection, and cardiac tamponade. In such cases, if a<br />

Radiologist is not immediately available, a preliminary verbal impression can be made to<br />

the referring physician followed by a written note documenting the conversation and<br />

confirming the information as "preliminary" with the formal Radiologist report to follow.<br />

In "inpatient" or hospital settings where the referring physician may shadow the<br />

sonographer and ask for a verbal impression, it is acceptable to give a verbal preliminary<br />

report with an absolute declaration that this is merely a "preliminary sonographer<br />

impression" and that the Radiologist will read the films shortly and follow with the official<br />

results. Every effort should be made to not offer preliminary findings and wait for the<br />

Radiologist's report.<br />

62


The Radiologists can give preliminary reports verbally, by phone, by fax, or through the<br />

standard dictation procedure. The standard policy is a one-hour turn around on<br />

emergency cases, and 24-48 hour turn around of reports from dictation to mailing for<br />

nonemergent cases.<br />

Reconciliation between differences of preliminary and final reports will be reported<br />

immediately to the referring physician and a record will be kept in a permanent Q.A. file.<br />

In certain instances, the results of the ultrasound study may need to be directly conveyed<br />

to the patient’s referring health care provider prior to the final report. Documentation of<br />

this communication in the final report, including date, time, and to whom the findings were<br />

reported, is necessary. Any variation from the preliminary report should be communicated<br />

with the patient’s physician and highlighted in the final report.<br />

If results of the ultrasound exam are considered by the interpreting physician to be<br />

important and unexpected, or require urgent intervention to ensure appropriate patient<br />

care, communication should occur directly between the interpreting physician and the<br />

patient’s health care provider. Communication by phone or in person is preferred to allow<br />

verification of receipt and discussion and should occur in a timely manner in accordance<br />

with the patient’s clinical state and the ultrasound findings, typically immediately following<br />

the exam. The final report should include all of the elements noted in section III, as well as<br />

the date, time, and method that the report was conveyed to the patient’s health care<br />

provider.<br />

Specifications for Individual Examinations<br />

Spectral, color, and power Doppler imaging may be useful to differentiate vascular from nonvascular<br />

structures in any location. Measurements should be considered for any abnormal area.<br />

D. AIUM Practice Guideline for the Performance of an Ultrasound<br />

Examination of the Abdomen and/or Retroperitoneum<br />

http://www.aium.org/resources/guidelines/abdominal.pdf<br />

Indications/Contraindications<br />

Indications for an ultrasound examination of the abdomen and/or retroperitoneum include but are<br />

not limited to:<br />

A. Abdominal, flank, and/or back pain.<br />

B. Signs or symptoms that may be referred from the abdominal and/or<br />

retroperitoneal regions such as jaundice or hematuria.<br />

C. Palpable abnormalities such as an abdominal mass or organomegaly.<br />

D. Abnormal laboratory values or abnormal findings on other imaging<br />

examinations suggestive of abdominal and/or retroperitoneal pathology.<br />

E. Follow-up of known or suspected abnormalities in the abdomen and/or<br />

retroperitoneum.<br />

F. Search for metastatic disease or an occult primary neoplasm.<br />

G. Evaluation of suspected congenital abnormalities.<br />

H. Abdominal trauma.<br />

I. Pretransplantation and posttransplantation evaluation.<br />

J. Planning for and guiding an invasive procedure.<br />

K. Searching for presence of free or loculated peritoneal and/or retroperitoneal<br />

fluid.<br />

63


L. Suspicion of hypertrophic pyloric stenosis or intussusceptions.<br />

M. Evaluation of a urinary tract infection.<br />

An abdominal and/or retroperitoneal ultrasound examination should be performed when there is a<br />

valid medical reason. There are no absolute contraindications.<br />

Written Request for the Examination<br />

The written or electronic request for an ultrasound examination should provide sufficient<br />

information to allow for the appropriate performance and interpretation of the examination. The<br />

request for the examination must be originated by a physician or another appropriately licensed<br />

health care provider or under the physician’s or provider’s direction. The accompanying clinical<br />

information should be provided by a physician or another appropriate health care provider familiar<br />

with the patient’s clinical situation and should be consistent with relevant legal and local health<br />

care facility requirements.<br />

Documentation<br />

Adequate documentation is essential for high-quality patient care. There should be a permanent<br />

record of the ultrasound examination and its interpretation. Images of all appropriate areas, both<br />

normal and abnormal, should be recorded. Variations from normal size should be accompanied<br />

by measurements. Images should be labeled with the patient identification, facility identification,<br />

examination date, and side (right or left) of the anatomic site imaged.<br />

An official interpretation (final report) of the ultrasound findings should be included in the patient’s<br />

medical record. Retention of the ultrasound examination should be consistent both with clinical<br />

needs and with relevant legal and local health care facility requirements.<br />

Reporting should be in accordance with the AIUM Practice Guideline for Documentation of an<br />

Ultrasound Examination.<br />

Equipment Specifications<br />

Abdomen and/or retroperitoneum sonographic studies should be conducted with real-time<br />

scanners, preferably using sector or linear transducers. The equipment should be adjusted to<br />

operate at the highest clinically appropriate frequency, realizing that there is a trade-off between<br />

resolution and beam penetration. For most preadolescent pediatric patients, mean frequencies of<br />

5 MHz or greater are preferred, and in neonates and small infants a higherfrequency transducer<br />

is often necessary. For adults, mean frequencies between 2 and 5 MHz are most commonly<br />

used.<br />

When Doppler studies are performed, the Doppler frequency may differ from the imaging<br />

frequency. Image quality should be optimized while keeping total ultrasound exposure as low as<br />

reasonably achievable.<br />

Quality Control and Improvement, Safety, Infection Control, and Patient<br />

Education<br />

Policies and procedures related to quality control, patient education, infection control, and safety<br />

should be developed and implemented in accordance with the AIUM Standards and Guidelines<br />

for the Accreditation of Ultrasound Practices.<br />

Equipment performance monitoring should be in accordance with the AIUM Standards and<br />

Guidelines for the Accreditation of Ultrasound Practices.<br />

64


ALARA Principle<br />

The potential benefits and risks of each examination should be considered. The ALARA (as low<br />

as reasonably achievable) principle should be observed when adjusting controls that affect the<br />

acoustic output and by considering transducer dwell times. Further details on ALARA may be<br />

found in the AIUM publication Medical Ultrasound Safety, Second Edition.<br />

Liver (AIUM)<br />

The examination of the liver should include long-axis and transverse views. The liver<br />

parenchyma should be evaluated for focal and/or diffuse abnormalities. If possible, the<br />

echogenicity of the liver should be compared with that of the right kidney. In addition,<br />

the following should be imaged:<br />

a. The major hepatic and perihepatic vessels, including the inferior vena cava<br />

(IVC), the hepatic veins, the main portal vein, and, if possible, the right and<br />

left branches of the portal vein.<br />

b. The hepatic lobes (right, left, and caudate) and, if possible, the right<br />

hemidiaphragm and the adjacent pleural space.<br />

c. For vascular examinations of the native or transplanted liver, Doppler<br />

evaluation should be used to document blood flow characteristics and blood<br />

flow direction. The structures that may be examined include the main and<br />

intrahepatic arteries, the hepatic veins, the main and intrahepatic portal veins,<br />

the intrahepatic portion of the IVC, collateral venous pathways, and<br />

transjugular intrahepatic portosystemic shunt stents.<br />

65


<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: LIVER<br />

Patient in supine position, unless otherwise indicated<br />

Use an Anterior-Posterior scan alignment, unless otherwise indicated<br />

SAGITTAL-LONGITUDINAL<br />

1. Left lobe<br />

2. Lateral to aorta; show lig venosum and caudate lobe<br />

3. Level of aorta<br />

4. level of IVC<br />

5. Right/lateral to IVC<br />

6. Right main lobar fissure (include GB)<br />

7. Right lobe (no kidney)<br />

8. Right lobe with renal interface<br />

9. Right lobe with renal interface using a coronal (through the ribs) approach<br />

10. Right with dome of the liver (may require steep cephalic transducer angle)<br />

TRANSVERSE<br />

1. Dome of liver (with steep cephalic transducer angle)<br />

2. Left lobe with lig teres/lig venosum/caudate lobe<br />

3. Left portal vein demonstrate lateral and medial branches<br />

a. Left lateral PV with Doppler (when required)<br />

b. Left medial PV with Doppler<br />

4. Right portal vein with anterior and posterior branches<br />

a. R anterior PV with Doppler<br />

b. R posterior PV with Doppler<br />

5. Main portal vein<br />

a. Main portal vein with Doppler<br />

6. Hepatic veins joining the IVC<br />

a. Left hepatic vein with Doppler<br />

b. Middle hepatic vein with Doppler<br />

c. Right hepatic vein with Doppler<br />

7. Right lobe of liver<br />

8. Right lobe of liver using a coronal (through the ribs) approach<br />

9. Right lobe with body of GB<br />

10. Right lobe with body of GB using a coronal approach<br />

11. Right lobe to include middle pole of right kidney<br />

12. Right lobe to include middle pole of kidney using coronal approach<br />

13. Right lobe of liver with inferior renal pole<br />

66


Gallbladder and Biliary Tract (AIUM)<br />

A routine gallbladder examination should be conducted on an adequately<br />

distended gallbladder whenever possible. In most cases, fasting before elective<br />

examination will permit adequate distension of a normally functioning gallbladder.<br />

In infants and children, fasting may not be necessary in all cases. The<br />

gallbladder evaluation should include long-axis and transverse views obtained in<br />

the supine position. Other positions such as left lateral decubitus, erect, and<br />

prone may be helpful to evaluate the gallbladder and its surrounding areas<br />

completely. Measurements may aid in determining gallbladder wall thickening. If<br />

the patient presents with pain, tenderness to transducer compression should be<br />

assessed.<br />

The intrahepatic ducts can be evaluated by obtaining views of the liver<br />

demonstrating the right and left branches of the portal vein. Doppler imaging may<br />

be used to differentiate hepatic arteries and portal veins from bile ducts. The<br />

intrahepatic and extrahepatic bile ducts should be evaluated for dilatation, wall<br />

thickening, intraluminal findings, and other abnormalities. The bile duct in the<br />

porta hepatis should be measured and documented. When visualized, the distal<br />

common bile duct in the pancreatic head should be evaluated.<br />

67


<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: Gallbladder<br />

Patient in supine position, unless otherwise indicated<br />

Use an Anterior-Posterior scan alignment, unless otherwise indicated<br />

SAGITTAL/LONGITUDINAL<br />

1. Medial wall (long axis)<br />

2. Midline of GB (longest axis); middle portion with neck, body and fundus.<br />

a. Include MLF and PV<br />

3. Measurement of middle portion/long axis of GB<br />

4. Measure the anterior GB wall<br />

5. Lateral wall (long axis)<br />

6. Coronal scan in long axis demonstrating the longest longitudinal image<br />

TRANSVERSE<br />

1. Neck of GB<br />

2. Body (short axis) use proper transducer angle (dependent upon the<br />

anatomy)<br />

3. Body with measurements<br />

4. Fundus<br />

5. Coronal image of GB body and measure<br />

DECUBITUS<br />

1. Long axis include MLF, PV, Middle portion of GB<br />

2. Demonstrate the CBD with PV; show duct length and include GB (long<br />

axis)<br />

3. Measure CBD in above position (inner to inner)<br />

4. Coronal plane demonstrate the long axis of the GB<br />

5. Coronal plane measure the CBD<br />

PRONE<br />

1. Demonstrate long axis/middle portion<br />

ERECT<br />

1. Long axis of GB<br />

68


Pancreas (AIUM)<br />

Whenever possible, all portions of the pancreas—head, uncinate process, body,<br />

and tail—should be identified. Orally administered water or a contrast agent may<br />

afford better visualization of the pancreas. The following should be assessed in<br />

the examination of the pancreas:<br />

a. Parenchymal abnormalities.<br />

b. The distal common bile duct in the region of the pancreatic head.<br />

c. The pancreatic duct for dilatation and any other abnormalities, with<br />

dilatation confirmed by measurement.<br />

d. The peripancreatic region for adenopathy and/or fluid.<br />

<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: Pancreas<br />

Patient in supine position, unless otherwise indicated<br />

Use an Anterior-Posterior scan alignment, unless otherwise indicated<br />

Transverse (long axis)<br />

Entire length of pancreas with head, body, tail and pancreatic duct (use fluid-filled<br />

stomach as window if necessary)<br />

Pancreatic head with GDA , CBD, and uncinate process<br />

Pancreatic neck and body with pancreatic duct<br />

Pancreatic body with splenic vein (more caudal) and portal confluence<br />

Doppler of splenic vein<br />

Pancreatic body with splenic artery (more cephalic)<br />

Doppler of splenic artery<br />

Pancreatic tail<br />

Longitudinal (short axis)<br />

Pancreatic head with GDA and CBD<br />

Pancreatic body measure depth<br />

Transverse/ Erect<br />

Length of gland (use water if not done previously)<br />

69


Bowel (AIUM)<br />

The bowel may be evaluated for wall thickening, dilatation, muscular<br />

hypertrophy, masses, vascularity, and other abnormalities. Sonography of the<br />

pylorus and surrounding structures may be indicated in evaluation of the vomiting<br />

infant. Graded compression sonography aids in the visualization of the appendix<br />

and other bowel loops. Measurements may aid in determining bowel wall<br />

thickening.<br />

Peritoneal Fluid (AIUM)<br />

Evaluation for free or loculated peritoneal fluid should include documentation of<br />

the extent and location of any fluid identified.<br />

For evaluating peritoneal spaces for bleeding after traumatic injury, particularly<br />

blunt trauma, the examination known as focused abdominal sonography for<br />

trauma (FAST, also known as focused assessment with sonography for trauma)<br />

may be performed.27 The objective of the abdominal portion of the FAST<br />

examination is to screen the abdomen for free fluid.<br />

Longitudinal and transverse plane images should be obtained in the right upper<br />

quadrant through the area of the liver with attention to fluid collections peripheral<br />

to the liver and in the subhepatic space. Longitudinal and transverse plane<br />

images should be obtained in the left upper quadrant through the area of the<br />

spleen with attention to fluid collections peripheral to the spleen.<br />

Longitudinal and transverse images should be obtained at the periphery of the<br />

left and right abdomen in the areas of the left and right paracolic gutters for<br />

evidence of free fluid.<br />

Longitudinal and transverse midline images of the pelvis are obtained to evaluate<br />

for free pelvic fluid. Analysis through a fluid-filled bladder (which if necessary can<br />

be filled through a Foley catheter, when possible) may help in evaluation of the<br />

pelvis.<br />

70


Aorta (AIUM)<br />

Representative images of the aorta should be obtained. When evaluation of the aorta is specifically<br />

requested, see the AIUM Practice Guideline for the Performance of Diagnostic and Screening Ultrasound<br />

of the Abdominal Aorta.<br />

Indications/Contraindications<br />

Indications for ultrasound of the abdominal aorta include but are not limited to:<br />

A. Diagnostic Evaluation for an Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm<br />

1. Palpable or pulsatile abdominal mass.<br />

2. Unexplained lower back pain, flank pain, or abdominal pain.<br />

3. Follow-up of a previously demonstrated abdominal aortic aneurysm.<br />

4. Follow-up of patients with an abdominal aortic and/or iliac endoluminal<br />

stent graft.<br />

B. Screening Evaluation for an Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm<br />

1. Men 65 years or older.<br />

2. Women 65 years or older with cardiovascular risk factors.<br />

3. Patients 50 years or older with a family history of aortic and/or<br />

peripheral vascular aneurismal disease.<br />

4. Patients with a personal history of peripheral vascular aneurysmal<br />

disease.<br />

Groups with additional risk include patients with a history of smoking, hypertension, and certain<br />

connective tissue diseases (eg, Marfan syndrome). There are no absolute contraindications to<br />

ultrasound of the aorta. If aortic rupture or dissection is clinically suspected, ultrasound is usually<br />

not the examination of choice.<br />

Specifications of the Examination<br />

Diagnostic Examination<br />

The examination includes the following, when feasible:<br />

1. Abdominal aorta:<br />

a. Longitudinal images (along the long axis of the vessel):<br />

i. Proximal<br />

ii. Mid<br />

iii. Distal.<br />

b. Transverse images (perpendicular to the long axis of the vessel):<br />

i. Proximal (near diaphragm)<br />

ii. Mid<br />

iii. Distal.<br />

c. Measurements:<br />

i. Measurements of the proximal, mid, and distal aorta should<br />

be obtained.<br />

1. Measurements are taken at the greatest diameter of<br />

the aorta from outer edge to outer edge.<br />

ii. If an aneurysm is present, the maximal size and location<br />

of the aneurysm should be documented and recorded.<br />

The relationship of the dilated segment to the renal<br />

arteries and to the aortic bifurcation should be<br />

determined if possible.<br />

71


ii. A measurement of the length of the aneurysm is not<br />

necessary.<br />

2. Common iliac arteries:<br />

a. Longitudinal images of the proximal right and left common iliac arteries<br />

(along the long axis of the vessel).<br />

b. Transverse images (perpendicular to the long axis of the vessel) of the<br />

proximal common iliac arteries just below the bifurcation.<br />

c. Measurement of the widest visualized portion of each common iliac<br />

artery from outer edge to outer edge.<br />

Color Doppler and/or spectral Doppler imaging with waveform analysis of the<br />

aorta and iliac arteries may provide additional information.<br />

After endoluminal graft placement, color (or power) Doppler imaging and spectral<br />

Doppler imaging are required to document the presence or absence of<br />

endoleaks.<br />

Interobserver measurements of an aortic aneurysm can vary by as much as 5<br />

mm. This variation makes visual comparison with previous studies particularly<br />

important to determine whether a significant change in size has occurred<br />

Screening Examination for an Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm<br />

1. Abdominal aorta:<br />

a. Longitudinal images (along the long axis of the vessel):<br />

i. Proximal;<br />

ii. Mid;<br />

iii. Distal.<br />

b. Transverse images (perpendicular to the long axis of the<br />

vessel):<br />

i. Proximal (near diaphragm);<br />

ii. Mid;<br />

iii. Distal.<br />

Interpretation of the screening examination should include at least 3<br />

categories:<br />

1. Positive—Infrarenal abdominal aortic aneurysm greater than or equal to 3 cm<br />

in diameter or greater than or equal to 1.5 times the diameter of the more<br />

proximal aorta.4 The latter definition is particularly important in women.<br />

2. Negative—No infrarenal abdominal aortic aneurysm.<br />

3. Indeterminate—Aneurysmal status not defined because of nonvisualization<br />

or only partial visualization of the infrarenal abdominal<br />

aorta.<br />

The report should also state whether the suprarenal aorta was seen and, if seen, should reflect<br />

whether it is normal.<br />

Documentation<br />

Adequate documentation is essential for high-quality patient care. There should be a permanent<br />

record of the ultrasound examination and its interpretation. Images of all appropriate areas, both<br />

normal and abnormal, should be recorded. Variations from normal size should be accompanied<br />

by measurements.<br />

Images should be labeled with the patient identification, facility identification, examination date,<br />

and the side (right or left) of the anatomic site imaged. An official interpretation (final report) of the<br />

72


ultrasound findings should be included in the patient’s medical record. Retention of the ultrasound<br />

examination should be consistent both with clinical needs and with relevant legal and local health<br />

care facility requirements.<br />

Inferior Vena Cava (AIUM)<br />

Representative images of the IVC should be obtained. Patency and abnormalities may be<br />

evaluated with Doppler imaging. Vena cava filters, interruption devices, and catheters may need<br />

to be localized with respect to the hepatic and/or renal veins<br />

<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: Aorta & IVC<br />

Patient in supine position, unless otherwise indicated<br />

Use an Anterior-Posterior scan alignment, unless otherwise indicated<br />

Use color Doppler as required<br />

AORTA<br />

Sagittal/Longitudinal<br />

Proximal AO with diaphragm and celiac axis<br />

Doppler of proximal AO above celiac<br />

axis<br />

Doppler of celiac axis<br />

Aorta with celiac axis and SMA<br />

Doppler of AO between these vessels<br />

Doppler SMA<br />

Aorta with SMA and IMA branches<br />

Doppler of mid/distal aorta<br />

Distal aorta with iliac branching<br />

Longitudinal right Iliac artery<br />

Doppler R iliac<br />

Longitudinal left iliac artery<br />

Doppler L iliac<br />

Transverse<br />

Proximal aorta above celiac trunk<br />

at celiac trunk<br />

below celiac trunk<br />

Measure<br />

at SMA<br />

at renal arteries<br />

Doppler right renal artery<br />

Doppler left renal artery<br />

Color of renal arteries<br />

Aortic measurement inferior to renal arteries<br />

Distal Aorta<br />

Distal with measurements<br />

Distal with bifurcation<br />

Distal below bifurcation to demonstrate<br />

R and L iliacs (one image)<br />

IVC<br />

Longitudinal<br />

Distal IVC (show diaphragm and liver tissue)<br />

Mid IVC<br />

Proximal show bifurcation<br />

R iliac vein<br />

L iliac vein<br />

Transverse<br />

Distal<br />

Middle<br />

Proximal<br />

Proximal with bifurcation (one image)<br />

73


Kidneys (AIUM)<br />

An examination of native or transplanted kidneys should include long-axis and transverse views<br />

of the kidneys. The cortices and renal pelvises should be assessed. A maximum measurement of<br />

renal length should be recorded for both kidneys. Decubitus, prone, or upright positioning may<br />

provide better images of the native kidneys. When possible, renal echogenicity should be<br />

compared to the adjacent liver or spleen. The kidneys and perirenal regions should be assessed<br />

for abnormalities.<br />

For a vascular examination of native or transplanted kidneys, Doppler imaging can be used:<br />

a. To assess renal arterial and venous patency.<br />

b. To evaluate suspected renal artery stenosis. For this application, angle-adjusted<br />

measurements of the peak systolic velocity should be made proximally, centrally, and<br />

distally in the extrarenal portion of the main renal arteries when possible. The peak<br />

systolic velocity of the adjacent aorta should also be documented for calculating the renal<br />

to aortic peak systolic velocity ratio. Spectral Doppler evaluation of the intrarenal arteries<br />

may be of value as indirect evidence of proximal stenosis in the main renal artery.<br />

c. For vascular examinations of transplanted kidneys, Doppler evaluation should be used<br />

to document vascular patency and blood flow characteristics. The structures that may be<br />

examined include the main renal artery and vein, arterial and venous anastomoses, the<br />

iliac artery and vein, and the intrarenal arteries<br />

Urinary Bladder and Adjacent Structures (AIUM)<br />

When performing a complete ultrasound evaluation of the urinary tract, transverse and<br />

longitudinal images of the distended urinary bladder and its wall should be included, if possible.<br />

Bladder lumen or wall abnormalities should be noted. Dilatation or other distal ureteral<br />

abnormalities should be documented. Transverse and longitudinal scans may be used to<br />

demonstrate any postvoid residual, which may be quantitated and reported.<br />

Adrenal Glands (AIUM)<br />

When possible, usually in the neonate or young infant, long-axis and transverse images of the<br />

adrenal glands may be obtained. Normal adrenal glands are less commonly shown by ultrasound<br />

imaging in adults.<br />

74


<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: Right & Left Kidneys<br />

Patient in supine position, unless otherwise indicated<br />

Use an Anterior-Posterior scan alignment, unless otherwise indicated<br />

All longitudinal images must show kidney horizontally while maintaining AP<br />

relationship<br />

Longitudinal:<br />

Medial<br />

Middle<br />

Middle: measure<br />

length<br />

Lateral<br />

Transverse<br />

Superior or upper pole<br />

Middle<br />

Middle measure width<br />

and depth (AP)<br />

Middle show hilum,<br />

renal artery<br />

Middle Doppler<br />

Inferior or lower pole<br />

Doppler arcuate artery<br />

Decubitus<br />

Left Lateral Decub<br />

(Right Kidney) Right<br />

Lateral Decub (Left<br />

Kidney)<br />

Coronal approach<br />

demonstrate Middle<br />

portion of kidney (long<br />

axis)<br />

Coronal approach<br />

demonstrate renal<br />

hilum in short axis<br />

Prone (place bolster or pillow<br />

under belly to arch back)<br />

Long axis of kidney<br />

middle pole<br />

Short axis of kidney<br />

middle pole<br />

Preparation: Filled urinary bladder<br />

<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: Urinary Bladder<br />

Long axis<br />

Midline<br />

Midline with length and depth measurements<br />

Right<br />

Lateral right<br />

Midline<br />

Left<br />

Lateral left<br />

Transverse axis<br />

Lower portion<br />

Middle portion<br />

Middle with width measurement<br />

Middle with ureteral jets<br />

(color Doppler)<br />

Superior portion<br />

Post void<br />

Midline Long axis with measurements<br />

Middle with measurement<br />

75


Spleen (AIUM)<br />

Obtain representative views of the spleen in long-axis & transverse projections.<br />

Splenic length measurement may be helpful in assessing enlargement.<br />

Echogenicity of the left kidney should be compared to splenic echogenicity when<br />

possible. An attempt should be made to demonstrate the left hemidiaphragm and<br />

the adjacent pleural space.<br />

<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: Spleen<br />

Patient in supine position, unless otherwise indicated<br />

Use an Anterior-Posterior scan alignment, unless otherwise indicated<br />

Longitudinal/coronal<br />

Superior border and<br />

splenic hilum<br />

Inferior border with<br />

splenic hilum<br />

Measure Longest axis<br />

Transverse/coronal<br />

Middle portion with<br />

splenic hilum<br />

Doppler of splenic<br />

artery<br />

Doppler of splenic vein<br />

Measure widest axis<br />

and include depth<br />

76


<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: Appendix<br />

Patient in supine position, unless otherwise indicated<br />

Use an Anterior-Posterior scan alignment, unless otherwise indicated<br />

Thoroughly survey the pelvic region beginning at the hepatic flexure and trace<br />

the bowel to the cecum. Survey the entire pelvis in all females looking for<br />

ovarian or uterine pathology. Review the RUQ renal and biliary systems. Check<br />

for free fluid.<br />

Longitudinal<br />

Long Medial axis of the appendix<br />

Long Middle axis of the appendix<br />

Measure length<br />

Long Lateral axis of the appendix<br />

Color Doppler as indicated<br />

Transverse<br />

Superior portion of the appendix with and without compression<br />

Middle portion of the appendix with and without compression<br />

Lower portion of the appendix with and without compression<br />

Measure the width and depth from outer to outer walls with and without<br />

compression<br />

Color Doppler as indicated<br />

77


Abdominal Wall (AIUM)<br />

The examination should include images of the abdominal wall in the location of symptoms or<br />

signs. The relationship of any identified mass with the peritoneum should be demonstrated. Any<br />

defect in the peritoneum and abdominal wall musculature should be documented. The presence<br />

or absence of bowel, fluid, or other tissue contained within any abdominal wall defect should be<br />

noted. Images obtained in upright position and/or with use of the Valsalva maneuver may be<br />

helpful. Doppler examination may be useful to define the relationship of blood vessels with a<br />

detected mass.<br />

<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: Abdominal Wall<br />

Patient in supine position, unless otherwise indicated<br />

Use an Anterior-Posterior scan alignment, unless otherwise indicated<br />

When possible use panoramic imaging or dual image and match tissues.<br />

Use Color and PW Doppler as indicated<br />

Use Val Salva Maneuver as indicated<br />

Look for peristalsis, protrusions, fluid collections<br />

Demonstrate and label:<br />

Linea Alba<br />

Skin<br />

Subcutaneous fat<br />

Rectus abdominus muscle<br />

Rectus sheath<br />

External oblique muscle<br />

Internal oblique muscle<br />

Transabdominus muscle<br />

Peritoneum<br />

Transverse Plane<br />

Begin at the xiphoid and scan and image in 1-2 cm increments to the<br />

pubic symphysis.<br />

Longitudinal Plane<br />

Beginning at midline scan at 1-2 cm increments including the distal xiphoid<br />

process to the pubic symphysis.<br />

Align scan to the midsagittal plane unless specific mass is seen or<br />

indicated<br />

Demonstrate the above tissues in both right and left regions.<br />

78


AIUM Practice Guideline for the Performance of the Focused Assessment With<br />

Sonography for Trauma (FAST) Examination<br />

http://aium.org/resources/guidelines/fast.pdf<br />

Introduction<br />

The clinical aspects of this guideline (Indications/ Contraindications, Specifications for Individual<br />

Examinations, and Equipment Specifications) as well as Responsibilities of the Physician were<br />

developed collaboratively by the American Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine (AIUM) and the<br />

American <strong>College</strong> of Emergency Physicians (ACEP). Recommendations for physician<br />

qualifications, procedure documentation, and quality control vary among these organizations and<br />

are addressed by each separately.<br />

This guideline has been developed to provide assistance to practitioners performing focused<br />

assessment with sonography for trauma (FAST) ultrasound examinations. The FAST ultrasound<br />

examination is a proven and useful procedure for the evaluation of peritoneal spaces for bleeding<br />

after traumatic injury, particularly blunt trauma but including penetrating injury. Prior to its<br />

development, more invasive, including surgical, procedures were required to evaluate these<br />

patients. Over the last 3 decades, particularly with its wide advocation during the early 1990s, the<br />

FAST examination has evolved into one that now includes assessments of the peritoneal cavity<br />

for evidence of hemorrhage as well as analysis of the pericardium and pleural spaces for<br />

hemorrhage, particularly in cases of chest trauma. While it is not possible to detect every<br />

abnormality using the FAST examination for the analysis of the traumatized patient, adherence to<br />

the following guideline will maximize the probability of detecting free fluid and allowing rapid<br />

analysis for intraperitoneal hemorrhage and other abnormal fluids, such as urine and bile. In its<br />

extended form, the FAST examination allows analysis for possible hemopericardium,<br />

hemothorax, pneumothorax, solidorgan damage, and retroperitoneal injury. The ready portability<br />

of ultrasound equipment allows the FAST examination to be used at the patient’s bedside or in<br />

the rapid triaging of multiple individuals in mass casualty situations, including assessments in the<br />

field.<br />

Indications/Contraindications<br />

Indications for the FAST examination of the torso include but are not limited to traumatic injury.<br />

FAST examinations should be performed when there is a valid medical reason. There are no<br />

absolute contraindications.<br />

There are limitations to FAST assessments, including limitations in their ability to detect free fluid<br />

in some injured children, patients with mesenteric injury, and patients with isolated penetrating<br />

injury to the peritoneum.<br />

Limitations to the diagnosis of free traumatic fluid in the peritoneum may be due to fluid present in<br />

patients for physiologic reasons, including ovarian cyst rupture, as well as pathologic reasons,<br />

such as patients with ascites. One must be wary of free fluid typically found intraperitoneally in<br />

patients with ventriculoperitoneal shunts and in those who undergo peritoneal dialysis. Free fluid<br />

may be also be due to recent peritoneal lavage. Limitations to pericardial assessment for<br />

hemopericardium include pericardial cysts and preexisting pericardial fluid. Limitations to pleural<br />

assessment for hemothorax include preexisting pleural fluid from preexisting pleural disease as<br />

well as extension into the pleural space of fluid from the pericardium or peritoneum.<br />

79


Qualifications of the Physician<br />

See the training guidelines of the physician provider’s respective specialty society, eg, the ACEP<br />

or the AIUM. Training, as defined by the AIUM or the ACEP, is accepted as qualifying a<br />

physician for performance and/or interpretation of the FAST examination. Credentialing should be<br />

based on published standards of the physician’s specialty society, such as the ACEP or the<br />

AIUM.<br />

Responsibilities of the Physician<br />

Trauma ultrasound, or the FAST examination, provides information that is the basis for immediate<br />

decisions about further evaluation, clinical management, and therapeutic interventions. Rapid<br />

provision and interpretation of such examinations are critical to proper patient care.<br />

The clinical care of patients in life-threatening situations should always take precedence over<br />

these guidelines.<br />

Physicians/sonologists of a variety of medical specialties may perform the FAST examination. If<br />

appropriately trained, physician extenders, emergency medical personnel, and sonographers can<br />

obtain the ultrasound images.<br />

Image interpretation should be performed by a supervising physician. Training of physicians in<br />

the diagnostic interpretation of FAST examinations should be in accordance with specialtyspecific<br />

guidelines. Physicians who supervise nonphysician sonographers should render a<br />

diagnostic interpretation in a time frame consistent with the management of acute trauma, as<br />

outlined above.<br />

Specifications for Individual Examinations<br />

The objective of the abdominal portion of the examination is to analyze the torso for free fluid.<br />

This requires examination of the abdomen’s 4 quadrants and pelvis. This is achieved by<br />

obtaining images of both upper quadrants as well as the pelvis. The ability to denote free fluid in<br />

the pelvis is aided by the presence of a fluid-filled bladder. As with all ultrasound examinations,<br />

orthogonal images (transverse, longitudinal, and coronal planes) help elucidate areas of concern<br />

seen in any single plane.<br />

Subtle changes in transducer angle and position can help improve analysis of a given area.<br />

Images may be obtained through anterior, coronal, or other approaches to denote free fluid in the<br />

evaluated areas.<br />

As with most imaging and ultrasound examinations, techniques evolve over time and with<br />

increased clinical and imaging experience. The current primary FAST examination includes<br />

transverse and longitudinal images obtained through the heart to denote intrapericardial fluid. The<br />

images may be obtained by placing the transducer in the upper abdomen and pointing superiorly<br />

or placing the transducer directly above the heart in various echocardiographic planes,<br />

particularly a parasternal longitudinal plane. Pleural effusion can be analyzed by a midline<br />

transverse plane image in the upper abdomen, concentrating on the area posterior and therefore<br />

superior to the echogenic diaphragms. This may be the same image as that used to evaluate the<br />

(inferior) pericardium for fluid.<br />

More specifically, primary ultrasound windows for the FAST examination include the following:<br />

The Right Upper Quadrant View (Also Known as the Perihepatic,<br />

Morison Pouch, or Right Flank View)—<br />

This uses the liver as an ultrasound window to interrogate the liver as well as the<br />

hepatorenal space (Morison pouch) for free fluid. Slight superior angulation of the<br />

transducer allows imaging of the right pleural space for free fluid. Inferior<br />

angulation allows visualization of the inferior pole of the right kidney as well as<br />

the right paracolic gutter for free fluid assessment.<br />

80


The Left Upper Quadrant View (Also Known as the Perisplenic or Left<br />

Flank View)—<br />

This uses the spleen as a window to interrogate the spleen and the perisplenic<br />

space above the spleen, below the diaphragm, and above the left kidney.<br />

Angulation superiorly allows visualization of the left pleural space. Inferior<br />

angulation allows visualization of fluid above the left kidney or in the left<br />

paracolic gutter.<br />

The Pelvic View (Also Known as the Retrovesical, Retrouterine, or<br />

Pouch of Douglas View)—<br />

This allows assessment of the most dependent space in the peritoneum for free<br />

fluid. Analysis through a fluid-filled bladder (which can be filled, if necessary, by<br />

fluid placed through a Foley catheter when possible) may help analysis for pelvic<br />

fluid. When free fluid is present, it is noted most often superior and posterior to<br />

the bladder and uterus.<br />

The Pericardial View (Also Known as the Subcostal or Subxiphoid<br />

View)—<br />

This uses the left lobe of the liver as a window for the analysis of the heart,<br />

particularly its right side. Both sagittal and transverse 4-chamber planes may be<br />

used. The potential space of the pericardium is analyzed for the presence of any<br />

free fluid in an anterior or posterior location. Slight angulation posteriorly or<br />

inferiorly in this view allows visualization of the inferior vena cava and hepatic<br />

veins, including their normal respiratory variability.<br />

Additional views may include the following:<br />

The Right and Left Pericolic Gutter Views—<br />

Longitudinal and transverse views through peritoneal windows inferior to the<br />

level of theipsilateral kidney and next to the ipsilateral iliac crest may reveal free<br />

fluid surrounding bowel.<br />

These windows may be of limited use because of the absence of an ultrasound window, such as<br />

a fluid-filled bladder or a solid organ. Airfilled bowel may also limit these views. They rely on there<br />

being sufficient free fluid present to be imaged.<br />

The Pleural Space Views—<br />

Each pleural space may be investigated via angulation and superior<br />

movement of the transducer along the ipsilateral flank. Abnormal fluid<br />

collections in the pleural space are visualized as anechoic collections above the<br />

echogenic diaphragm.<br />

The Anterior Pleural Space View—<br />

The anterior visceral and parietal pleura may be analyzed through this view for<br />

free fluid. The pleura normally appose each other and slide on each other easily.<br />

Absence of this sliding and the potential separation of the pleura by a<br />

pneumothorax may be imaged typically in the second or third intercostal space<br />

with a higher-frequency near-field transducer, although lower-frequency<br />

transducers may also be used.<br />

81


The Parasternal View—<br />

The parasternal window allows visualization of the heart in sagittal or transverse<br />

planes. This view is used in cases in which a patient’s subcostal view is<br />

suboptimal.<br />

The Apical View—<br />

The apical view may allow visualization of pericardial fluid in the difficult patient<br />

by placing the transducer at the nipple line at the left fifth intercostal space and<br />

aiming it toward the spine or the right shoulder.<br />

Other considerations for the FAST examination include the following points:<br />

Trendelenburg or sitting positions may increase the sensitivity of the ultrasound<br />

examination for visualizing abnormal fluid.<br />

A FAST ultrasound examination may be repeated during the patient’s stay for<br />

reassessment of the patient’s condition either routinely or because of sudden clinical<br />

decompensation.<br />

As a caveat, one must remember that a trauma ultrasound examination provides a<br />

picture of a patient’s condition at one point in time. It never eliminates the possibility of<br />

injuries or fluid collections that are below the detectable threshold of a well-performed<br />

ultrasound examination.<br />

Further information may be obtained by referring to the ACEP Ultrasound Imaging<br />

Criteria–Trauma.<br />

Documentation<br />

Focused sonograms, as all sonograms, require documentation. Whenever feasible, images<br />

should be created and stored as part of the medical record, and a full description of the findings is<br />

required. The analysis of findings on FAST examinations is limited to those areas assessed and<br />

imaged. In particular, a FAST analysis may not allow the diagnostic evaluation of all abnormalities<br />

in the chest, abdomen, or pelvis.<br />

<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: FAST<br />

Procedure will follow the guidelines set forth in the SONOSIM simulation package.<br />

82


Scrotum (AIUM)<br />

http://www.aium.org/resources/guidelines/scrotal.pdf<br />

Indications<br />

Indications for scrotal ultrasound include but are not limited to:<br />

1. Evaluation of scrotal pain, including but not limited to testicular trauma,<br />

ischemia/torsion, and infectious or inflammatory scrotal disease.<br />

2. Evaluation of palpable inguinal, scrotal, or scrotal masses.<br />

3. Evaluation of scrotal asymmetry, swelling, or enlargement.<br />

4. Evaluation of potential scrotal hernias.<br />

5. Detection/evaluation of varicoceles.<br />

6. Evaluation of male infertility.<br />

7. Follow-up of prior indeterminate scrotal ultrasound findings.<br />

8. Localization of undescended testes<br />

9. Detection of occult primary tumors in patients with metastatic germ cell<br />

tumors.<br />

10. Follow-up of patients with prior primary testicular neoplasms, leukemia, or<br />

lymphoma.<br />

11. Evaluation of abnormalities noted on other imaging studies (including but not<br />

limited to computed tomography, magnetic resonance imaging, and positron<br />

emission tomography).<br />

12. Evaluation of intersex conditions.<br />

Specifications of the Examination<br />

The testes should be evaluated in at least 2 planes: longitudinal and transverse.<br />

Transverse images should be obtained in the superior, mid, and inferior portions of the<br />

testes.<br />

Longitudinal views should be obtained centrally as well as medially and laterally.<br />

Each testis should be evaluated in its entirety, as should the epididymis (head, body, and<br />

tail) when technically feasible.<br />

The size and echogenicity of each testis and epididymis should be compared to the<br />

contralateral side. Comparison of the testes, including gray scale and color Doppler<br />

imaging, is best accomplished with a side-by-side transverse image.<br />

Scrotal skin thickness should be evaluated. If a palpable abnormality is the indication for<br />

the sonogram, this area should be directly imaged.<br />

Relevant extratesticular structures should be evaluated.<br />

Additional techniques such as the Valsalva maneuver or upright positioning can be used<br />

as needed.<br />

Any abnormality should be documented.<br />

Doppler sonography (spectral and color/power Doppler imaging) should be used as necessary in<br />

all examinations of the scrotum, particularly in the setting of acute scrotal pain. If used, color<br />

and/or power Doppler Sonography should include at least 1 side-by-side image comparing both<br />

testes and 2 images with identical Doppler settings to evaluate symmetry of flow. Low-flow<br />

detection settings should be used to document testicular blood flow, and the transducer<br />

frequency should be optimized for maximum Doppler sensitivity while maintaining adequate<br />

penetration. If flow cannot be demonstrated on color Doppler imaging, power Doppler imaging, if<br />

available, should be used to increase flow sensitivity.<br />

83


Documentation<br />

Adequate documentation is essential for high-quality patient care. There should be a permanent<br />

record of the ultrasound examination and its interpretation. Images of all appropriate areas, both<br />

normal and abnormal, should be recorded. Variations from normal size should be accompanied<br />

by measurements. Images should be labeled with the patient identification, facility identification,<br />

examination date, and side (right or left) of the anatomic site imaged. An official interpretation<br />

(final report) of the ultrasound findings should be included in the patient’s medical record.<br />

Retention of the ultrasound examination should be consistent both with clinical needs and with<br />

relevant legal and local health care facility requirements.<br />

Reporting should be in accordance with the AIUM Practice Guideline for Documentation of an<br />

Ultrasound Examination.<br />

<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: Scrotum<br />

Long & short axes of the right and left testes will be examined independently<br />

Longitudinal/ Long axis<br />

◦ Lateral testicle<br />

◦ Medial testicle<br />

◦ Middle testicle<br />

◦ Epididymal head in proximity with the superior testis<br />

◦ Epididymal body and tail demonstrated throughout the testis<br />

◦ Spermatic cord (from inguinal canal to scrotum—use Doppler and Val<br />

Salva technique)<br />

Short axis: Begin at the superior border<br />

◦ Spermatic cord (from inguinal canal to scrotum- Use Val Salva Technique)<br />

◦ Epididymal head<br />

◦ Superior portion of testis<br />

◦ Middle portion of testis<br />

◦ Inferior portion of testis<br />

◦ Single image with both testicles<br />

84


Prostate (AIUM)<br />

http://www.aium.org/resources/guidelines/prostate.pdf<br />

Indications<br />

Indications for prostate ultrasound include but are not limited to:<br />

1. Guidance for biopsy in the presence of an abnormal digital rectal examination or<br />

elevated PSA.4<br />

2. Assessment of gland and prostate volume before medical, surgical, or radiation<br />

therapy.5,6<br />

3. Symptoms of prostatitis with a suspected abscess.7<br />

4. Assessment of congenital anomalies.<br />

5. Infertility.<br />

6. Hematospermia.<br />

Specifications of the Examination<br />

The following guidelines describe the examination of the prostate and surrounding structures:<br />

Prostate<br />

The transrectal approach to ultrasound of the prostate is the method of choice, as image quality is<br />

superior to transabdominal or transperineal examinations. However, in patients for whom the<br />

transrectal approach is not possible, a transperineal ultrasound examination may be used to<br />

direct a biopsy procedure. A transabdominal approach can be useful to obtain an estimate of<br />

prostate size in some settings.<br />

The prostate should be imaged in its entirety in at least 2 orthogonal planes, sagittal and axial or<br />

longitudinal and coronal, from the apex to the base of the gland. An estimated volume is<br />

The volume of the prostate may be correlated with the PSA level.<br />

The gland should be evaluated for a focal mass, echogenicity, symmetry, and continuity of<br />

margins. Color and power Doppler sonography may be helpful in detecting areas of increased<br />

vascularity that can be used to select potential sites for biopsy. The periprostatic fat and<br />

neurovascular bundle should be evaluated for symmetry and echogenicity. The course of the<br />

prostatic urethra should be documented, when possible, and asymmetry between left and right<br />

periurethral tissues as well as their impact on the base of the bladder should be noted.<br />

Seminal Vesicles, Vasa Deferentia, and Perirectal Space<br />

The seminal vesicles should be evaluated for size, shape, position, symmetry, and echogenicity<br />

from their insertion into the prostate via the ejaculatory ducts to their cranial and lateral extents.<br />

Particular attention should be given to the normal tapering of the seminal vesicle as it joins the<br />

prostate. In patients being evaluated for infertility, the vasa deferentia must be evaluated. The<br />

presence and size of seminal vesicle, ejaculatory, müllerian, or utricle cysts or evidence of<br />

seminal vesicle or ejaculatory duct obstruction should be noted. Inclusion of the anterior perirectal<br />

space, in particular the region that abuts the prostate and perirectal tissues, is important.<br />

Documentation<br />

Adequate documentation is essential for high-quality patient care. There should be a permanent<br />

record of the ultrasound examination and its interpretation. Images of all appropriate areas, both<br />

normal and abnormal, should be recorded. Variations from normal size should be accompanied<br />

by measurements. Images should be labeled with the patient identification, facility identification,<br />

examination date, and side (right or left) of the anatomic site imaged. An official interpretation<br />

(final report) of the ultrasound findings should be included in the patient’s medical record.<br />

85


Retention of the ultrasound examination should be consistent both with clinical needs and with<br />

relevant legal and local health care facility requirements.<br />

Reporting should be in accordance with the AIUM Practice Guideline for Documentation of an<br />

Ultrasound Examination.<br />

<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: Prostate<br />

On campus protocol will be provided as needed.<br />

http://www.aium.org/resources/guidelines/thyroid.pdf<br />

Thyroid (AIUM)<br />

Indications<br />

Indications for a thyroid and parathyroid ultrasound examination include but are not limited to:<br />

1. Evaluation of the location and characteristics of palpable neck masses,<br />

including an enlarged thyroid;<br />

2. Evaluation of abnormalities detected by other imaging examinations, eg, a<br />

thyroid nodule detected on computed tomography, positron emission tomography–<br />

computed tomography, or magnetic resonance imaging, or seen on another<br />

ultrasound examination of the neck (eg, carotid ultrasound);<br />

3. Evaluation of laboratory abnormalities;<br />

4. Evaluation of the presence, size, and location of the thyroid gland;<br />

5. Evaluation of patients at high risk for occult thyroid malignancy;<br />

6. Follow-up imaging of previously detected thyroid nodules, when indicated;<br />

7. Evaluation for regional nodal metastases in patients with proven or suspected<br />

thyroid carcinoma before thyroidectomy;<br />

8. Evaluation for recurrent disease or regional nodal metastases after total or<br />

partial thyroidectomy for thyroid carcinoma;<br />

9. Evaluation of the thyroid gland for suspicious nodules before neck surgery for<br />

nonthyroid disease;<br />

10. Evaluation of the thyroid gland for suspicious nodules before radioiodine<br />

ablation of the gland;<br />

11. Identification and localization of parathyroid abnormalities in patients with<br />

known or suspected hyperparathyroidism<br />

12. Assessment of the number and size of enlarged parathyroid glands in patients<br />

who have undergone previous parathyroid surgery or ablative therapy with<br />

recurrent symptoms of hyperparathyroidism;<br />

13. Localization of thyroid/parathyroid abnormalities or adjacent cervical lymph<br />

nodes for biopsy, ablation, or other interventional procedures; and<br />

14. Localization of autologous parathyroid gland implants.<br />

Specifications of the Examinations<br />

The Thyroid Examination<br />

The examination should be performed with the neck in hyperextension. The right and left lobes of<br />

the thyroid gland should be imaged in the longitudinal and transverse planes. Recorded images<br />

86


of the thyroid should include transverse images of the superior, mid, and inferior portions of the<br />

right and left thyroid lobes; longitudinal images of the medial, mid, and lateral portions of both<br />

lobes; and at least a transverse image of the isthmus. The size of each thyroid lobe should be<br />

recorded in 3 dimensions, anteroposterior, transverse, and longitudinal.<br />

The thickness (anteroposterior measurement) of the isthmus on the transverse view should be<br />

recorded. A color or power Doppler examination can be used to supplement the grayscale<br />

evaluation of either diffuse or focal abnormalities of the thyroid. It is often necessary to extend<br />

imaging to include the soft tissue above the isthmus (eg, to evaluate a possible pyramidal lobe of<br />

the thyroid), congenital abnormalities such as a thyroglossal duct cyst, or if any superior palpable<br />

abnormality is noted. The examination should also include a brief evaluation of the lateral neck<br />

compartments.<br />

Thyroid abnormalities should be imaged in a way that allows for reporting and documentation of<br />

the following:<br />

1. The location, size, number, and character of significant abnormalities,<br />

including measurements of nodules and focal abnormalities in 3 dimensions;<br />

2. The localized or diffuse nature of any thyroid abnormality, including<br />

assessment of overall gland vascularity<br />

3. The sonographic features of any thyroid abnormality with respect to<br />

echogenicity, composition (degree of cystic change), margins (smooth or irregular),<br />

presence and type of calcification (if present), and other relevant sonographic<br />

patterns7–19; and<br />

4. The presence and size of any abnormal lymph node in the lateral compartment<br />

of the neck (see section B below).<br />

In patients who have undergone complete or partial thyroidectomy, the thyroid bed should be<br />

imaged in transverse and longitudinal planes. Any masses or cysts in the region of the bed<br />

should be measured and reported. Additionally, the lateral neck should be evaluated as described<br />

in section B.<br />

Whenever possible, comparison should be made with other appropriate imaging studies.<br />

Sonographic guidance may be used for aspiration or biopsy of thyroid abnormalities or other<br />

masses of the neck or for other interventional procedures.<br />

The Cervical Lymph Node Evaluation<br />

A high-resolution ultrasound examination of the neck is used for the staging of patients with<br />

thyroid cancer and other head and neck cancers and in the surveillance of patients after<br />

treatment of such cancers.23–29 In these patients, the size and location of abnormal lymph<br />

nodes should be documented. Suspicious features such as calcification, cystic areas, absence of<br />

a central hilum, round shape, and abnormal blood flow should be documented. The location of an<br />

abnormal lymph node should be described according to the image-based nodal classification<br />

system developed by Som et al,30 which corresponds to the clinical nodal classification system<br />

developed by the American Joint Committee on Cancer and the American Academy of<br />

Otolaryngology–Head and Neck Surgery, or in a fashion that allows the referring clinician to<br />

convert the location of abnormal nodes to that system.<br />

The Parathyroid Examination<br />

An examination for suspected parathyroid enlargement should include images in the region of the<br />

anticipated parathyroid gland location. One of the important uses of parathyroid ultrasound is to<br />

try to localize parathyroid adenomas in patients with primary hyperparathyroidism to help with<br />

surgical planning.<br />

The examination should be performed with the neck hyperextended and should include<br />

longitudinal and transverse images from the carotid arteries to the midline bilaterally and<br />

87


extending from the carotid artery bifurcation superiorly to the thoracic inlet inferiorly. As<br />

parathyroid glands may be hidden below the clavicles in the lower neck and upper mediastinum,<br />

it may also be helpful to have the patient swallow during the examination with constant real-time<br />

observation. Color and/or power or spectral Doppler ultrasound may be helpful. The upper<br />

mediastinum may be imaged with an appropriate probe by angling under the sternum from the<br />

sternal notch. Rarely, parathyroid adenomas may also be intrathyroidal.<br />

Although the normal parathyroid glands are usually not visualized with available sonographic<br />

technology, enlarged parathyroid glands may be visualized. When visualized, their location, size,<br />

and number should be documented, and measurements should be made in 3 dimensions. The<br />

relationship of any visualized parathyroid gland(s) to the thyroid gland should be documented, if<br />

applicable.<br />

Whenever possible, comparison should be made with other appropriate imaging studies.<br />

Sonographic guidance may be used for aspiration or biopsy of parathyroid abnormalities or other<br />

masses of the neck or for other interventional procedures.<br />

Documentation<br />

Adequate documentation is essential for high-quality patient care. There should be a permanent<br />

record of the ultrasound examination and its interpretation. Images of all appropriate areas, both<br />

normal and abnormal, should be recorded. Variations from normal size should be accompanied<br />

by measurements. Images should be labeled with the patient identification, facility identification,<br />

examination date, and side (right or left) of the anatomic site imaged.<br />

An official interpretation (final report) of the ultrasound findings should be included in the patient’s<br />

medical record. Retention of the ultrasound examination should be consistent both with clinical<br />

needs and with relevant legal and local health care facility requirements.<br />

Reporting should be in accordance with the AIUM Practice Guideline for Documentation of an<br />

Ultrasound Examination.<br />

88


<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: Thyroid<br />

Patient in supine position, unless otherwise indicated<br />

Use an Anterior-Posterior scan alignment, unless otherwise indicated<br />

Survey:<br />

Place pillow under patient’s shoulders (you may have to fold the<br />

pillow to get enough neck extension). Place a rolled towel or<br />

sponge under the neck for support.<br />

Have the patient turn his/her head to the left slightly and begin the<br />

survey on the right in transverse beginning at the inferior pole.<br />

Scan through (and beyond) the entire right lobe inferiorly to<br />

superiorly and return back to the inferior border. Complete<br />

longitudinal survey from the trachea to the carotid/jugular regions<br />

and return to trachea. Use Color Doppler. Complete the same<br />

protocol on the left side. Remember, this is a SURVEY and you will<br />

NOT print any images. Set depth based upon the deepest AP<br />

dimension of either lobe. Use RES when one side is smaller.<br />

Take in the following order:<br />

1. Long trachea Right<br />

2. Long medial Right<br />

3. Long middle Right<br />

4. Long middle Right with LENGTH measurement<br />

5. Long middle Right with Color Doppler<br />

6. Long lateral Right<br />

7. Long carotid Right<br />

8. Trans inferior pole Right<br />

9. Trans middle pole Right<br />

10. Trans middle pole Right with AP and Width measurements<br />

11. Trans middle pole Right with Color Doppler<br />

12. Trans superior pole Right<br />

13. Long RES Isthmus Midline<br />

14. Long medial Left<br />

15. Long middle Left<br />

16. Long middle Left LENGTH measurement<br />

17. Long middle Left with Color Doppler<br />

18. Long lateral Left<br />

19. Long carotid/jugular Left<br />

20. Trans inferior Left<br />

21. Trans middle Left<br />

22. Trans middle Left Measurements<br />

23. Trans middle Left with Color Doppler<br />

24. Trans superior Left<br />

25. Trans isthmus RES (midline)<br />

26. Trans dual image Right and Left middle poles<br />

89


http://aium.org/resources/guidelines/breast.pdf<br />

Breast (AIUM)<br />

Indications<br />

Appropriate indications for breast sonography include:<br />

1. Identification and characterization of palpable abnormalities and further evaluation of<br />

clinical and imaging findings.<br />

2. Guidance for interventional procedures.<br />

3. Evaluation of problems associated with breast implants.<br />

4. Treatment planning for therapy.<br />

Breast sonography is the initial imaging technique for evaluating palpable masses in women<br />

younger than 30 years and in lactating and pregnant women.<br />

Although the efficacy of sonography as a screening study for occult masses is an area for<br />

research, at this time Sonography is not considered a primary screening modality in other<br />

populations.<br />

Specifications of the Examination<br />

A. Lesion Characterization and Technical Factors<br />

1. The breast sonogram should be correlated with mammographic and other appropriate<br />

breast imaging studies as well as with a physical examination directed to the area in<br />

question. If sonography has been performed previously, the current examination should<br />

be compared with prior sonograms, as appropriate. A lesion or any area of the breast<br />

being studied should be viewed in 2 perpendicular<br />

projections; 1 view is insufficient.<br />

2. At least 1 set of images of a lesion should be obtained without calipers. The maximal<br />

dimensions of a mass should be recorded in at least 2 dimensions.<br />

3. The images should be labeled as to the right or left breast, the lesion’s location, and<br />

the orientation of the transducer with respect to the breast (eg, transverse or longitudinal<br />

and radial or antiradial). The location of the lesion should be recorded; the quadrant<br />

should be specified, or the location can be indicated by using clock notation and distance<br />

from the nipple or shown on a diagram of the breast. Several sonographic features may<br />

be helpful in characterizing breast masses. These features should be noted: size, shape,<br />

echogenicity, margin features, orientation, and attenuation (eg, shadowing or<br />

enhancement). Features may also be described using the American <strong>College</strong> of Radiology<br />

Breast Imaging Reporting and Data System (BI-RADS) lexicon.<br />

4. Mass characterization with sonography is highly dependent on technical factors.<br />

Proper depth, gain, and focal zone settings should be optimized to obtain high-quality<br />

images. The patient should be positioned to minimize the thickness of the portion of the<br />

breast being evaluated. For evaluation of superficial lesions, a standoff device or use of a<br />

thick layer of gel may be helpful.<br />

B. Guidance of Interventional Procedures<br />

1. Interventional procedures that can be performed with sonographic guidance include<br />

but are not limited to cyst aspirations, presurgical needle hook wire localization,<br />

therapeutic procedures, and fine-needle, core, or vacuum-assisted biopsy.<br />

2. A full sonographic examination of the area of interest should be completed before the<br />

procedure.<br />

3. There is no single correct method for accomplishing interventional procedures with<br />

sonographic guidance. Both a freehand technique and the use of a transducer with a<br />

90


needle guide are suitable for breast interventions. The type of equipment on hand and<br />

the experience of the physician performing the procedure will determine the technique.<br />

4. High-frequency transducers with a center frequency of 7.0 MHz or higher used for<br />

imaging the breast are suitable for guiding interventional procedures. With these<br />

transducers, continuous visualization of the device path is possible. Depending on the<br />

transducer configuration, the geometry of the acoustic beam, and the route of device<br />

entry, either a small portion of the device may be visible as an echogenic focus, or, if the<br />

device entry is aligned with the acoustic beam and nearly perpendicular to it, the entire<br />

device may be visible.<br />

5. Sonographic guidance can be used to aid in infiltration of anesthetics around the mass.<br />

Documentation<br />

Images of all important findings, including in the case of interventional procedures the relationship<br />

of the device to the lesion, should be recorded on a retrievable and reviewable image storage<br />

format.<br />

A. Official documentation for the ultrasound images should include but is not limited to the<br />

following:<br />

1. Patient’s name and other identifying information.<br />

2. Facility’s identifying information.<br />

3. Date of sonographic examination.<br />

4. Image orientation when appropriate.<br />

B. The physician’s report of the sonographic findings should be placed in the patient’s medical<br />

record.<br />

C. Retention of the breast sonograms should be consistent with the policies for retention of<br />

mammograms in compliance with federal and state regulations, local health care facility<br />

procedures, and clinical needs.<br />

D. Reporting should be in accordance with the AIUM Practice Guideline for Documentation of an<br />

Ultrasound Examination.<br />

91


<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: Breast (Simulation)<br />

Quadrant Survey: Entire breast using a standard abdominal transducer approach (notch to<br />

patient’s head and to patient’s right). Patient is placed in a supine position with slight contralateral<br />

obliquity. Survey each quadrant long and trans beginning with the RUOQ. Move to the<br />

RUIQ, RLIQ, and RLOQ (clockwise approach). Survey of the left breast follows the clockwise<br />

approach, too beginning with the LUIQ, LUOQ, LLOQ and LLIQ.<br />

Images RUOQ Longitudinal at 12:00 ML +0<br />

move about 1 cm to the right and take RUOQ +1<br />

continue until the entire RUOQ has been imaged at 1 cm<br />

Scan axilla and label AX<br />

RUOQ Transverse at lower portion (about 9:00) RUOQ +0<br />

increments.<br />

Move transducer at 1 cm increments throughout the entire quadrant +1,<br />

+2, Etc.<br />

Scan axilla and label AX<br />

Complete the above for each quadrant in Long and Trans sections as<br />

listed above.<br />

Do the same for the left breast.<br />

Clock Method Survey: Entire breast using standard patient positioning as in Quadrant<br />

Survey, but transducer notch directed towards nipple on all images.<br />

Begin with the transducer in an “upside-down” approach, longitudinal at 12:00. Keeping the notch<br />

directed toward the nipple rotate the transducer in a clockwise fashion around the breast stopping<br />

“on the hour.”<br />

Images “Longitudinal” /Radial at 12:00, 1:00, etc. to 11:00. You will create 12<br />

images per breast.<br />

If masses are found using the clock method additional “transverse” / Anti-radial images<br />

are taken by rotating the transducer 90 degree from the radial image. This will place the<br />

long and short axis along the ductal planes of the breast.<br />

Make certain you have the breast labeled Right or Left.<br />

Complete the above for the Left breast<br />

Variations will be disseminated as required.<br />

92


E. OB-GYN Applications<br />

http://aium.org/resources/guidelines/pelvic.pdf<br />

Pelvis (AIUM)<br />

Indications<br />

Indications for pelvic sonography include but are not limited to the following:<br />

1. Pelvic pain;<br />

2. Dysmenorrhea (painful menses);<br />

3. Amenorrhea;<br />

4. Menorrhagia (excessive menstrual bleeding);<br />

5. Metrorrhagia (irregular uterine bleeding);<br />

6. Menometrorrhagia (excessive irregular bleeding);<br />

7. Follow-up of a previously detected abnormality;<br />

8. Evaluation, monitoring, and/or treatment of infertility patients;<br />

9. Delayed menses, precocious puberty, or vaginal bleeding in a prepubertal child;<br />

10. Postmenopausal bleeding;<br />

11. Abnormal or technically limited pelvic examination;<br />

12. Signs or symptoms of pelvic infection;<br />

13. Further characterization of a pelvic abnormality noted on another imaging<br />

study;<br />

14. Evaluation of congenital anomalies;<br />

15. Excessive bleeding, pain, or signs of infection after pelvic surgery, delivery,<br />

or abortion;<br />

16. Localization of a intrauterine contraceptive device;<br />

17. Screening for malignancy in patients at increased risk;<br />

18. Urinary incontinence or pelvic organ prolapse; and<br />

19. Guidance for interventional or surgical procedures.<br />

Specifications of the Examination<br />

This section details the examination to be performed for each organ and anatomic region in the<br />

female pelvis. All relevant structures should be identified by a transabdominal and/or transvaginal<br />

approach. In some cases, both will be needed. A transrectal or transperineal approach may be<br />

useful in patients who are not candidates for introduction of a vaginal probe and in assessing the<br />

patient with pelvic organ prolapse.<br />

A. General Pelvic Preparation<br />

For a complete transabdominal pelvic sonogram, the patient’s bladder should, in general,<br />

be distended adequately to displace the small bowel from the field of view. Occasionally,<br />

overdistention of the bladder may compromise the evaluation. When this occurs, imaging<br />

may be repeated after the patient partially empties the bladder.<br />

For a transvaginal sonogram, the urinary bladder is preferably empty. The patient, the<br />

sonographer, or the physician may introduce the vaginal transducer, preferably under<br />

real-time monitoring. Consideration of having a chaperone present should be in<br />

accordance with local policies.<br />

B. Uterus<br />

The vagina and uterus provide anatomic landmarks that can be used as reference points<br />

for the other pelvic structures, whether normal or abnormal.<br />

93


In examining the uterus, the following should be evaluated: (1) the uterine size, shape,<br />

and orientation; (2) the endometrium; (3) the myometrium; and (4) the cervix. The vagina<br />

may be imaged as a landmark for the cervix and lower uterine segment.<br />

Overall uterine length is evaluated in the long axis from the fundus to the cervix (to the<br />

external os, if it can be identified). The depth of the uterus (anteroposterior dimension) is<br />

measured in the same long-axis view from its anterior to posterior walls, perpendicular to<br />

the length. The maximum width is measured in the transaxial or coronal view.<br />

If volume measurements of the uterine corpus are performed, the cervical component<br />

should be excluded from the uterine length measurement. Abnormalities of the uterus<br />

should be documented. The myometrium and cervix should be evaluated for contour<br />

changes, echogenicity, masses, and cysts. Masses that may require follow-up or<br />

intervention should be measured in at least 2 dimensions, acknowledging that it is not<br />

usually necessary to measure all fibroids. The endometrium should be analyzed for<br />

thickness, focal abnormalities, and the presence of fluid or masses in the endometrial<br />

cavity. The endometrium should be measured on a midline sagittal image, including<br />

anterior and posterior portions of the basal endometrium and excluding the adjacent<br />

hypoechoic myometrium and any endometrial fluid. Assessment of the endometrium<br />

should allow for variations expected with phases of the menstrual cycle and with<br />

hormonal supplementation. If the endometrium is difficult to image in its entirety or poorly<br />

defined, this should be reported. Sonohysterography may be a useful adjunct for<br />

evaluating the patient with abnormal or dysfunctional uterine bleeding or to further clarify<br />

an abnormally thickened endometrium.7 If the patient has an intrauterine contraceptive<br />

device, its location should be documented.<br />

(See the AIUM Practice Guideline for the Performance of Sonohysterography.)<br />

When available, the addition of a reconstructed coronal view of the uterus from a 3-<br />

dimensional volume may be useful.<br />

C. Adnexa Including Ovaries and Fallopian Tubes<br />

When evaluating the adnexa, an attempt should be made to identify the ovaries first since<br />

they can serve as a major point of reference for assessing the presence of adnexal<br />

pathology. Ovarian size may be determined by measuring the ovary in 3 dimensions<br />

(width, length, and depth), on views obtained in2 orthogonal planes. Any ovarian<br />

abnormalities should be documented.9–12 The ovaries may not be identifiable in some<br />

females. This occurs most frequently prior to puberty, after menopause, or in the<br />

presence of a large leiomyomatous uterus.<br />

The normal fallopian tubes are not commonly identified. The adnexal region should be<br />

surveyed for abnormalities, particularly masses and dilated tubular structures. If an<br />

adnexal abnormality is noted, its relationship to the ovaries and uterus should be<br />

assessed. The size and sonographic characteristics of adnexal masses should be<br />

documented. Spectral, color, and/or power Doppler ultrasound may be useful for<br />

evaluating the vascular characteristics of pelvic lesions.<br />

D. Cul-de-sac<br />

The cul-de-sac and bowel posterior to the uterus may not be clearly defined. This area<br />

should be evaluated for the presence of free fluid or a mass. If a mass is detected, its<br />

size, position, shape, sonographic characteristics, and relationship to the ovaries and<br />

uterus should be documented. Differentiation of normal loops of bowel from a mass may<br />

be difficult if only a transabdominal examination is performed. A transvaginal<br />

examination may be helpful to distinguish a suspected mass from fluid and feces within<br />

the normal rectosigmoid colon.<br />

94


Documentation<br />

Adequate documentation is essential for high-quality patient care. There should be a permanent<br />

record of the ultrasound examination and its interpretation. Images of all appropriate areas, both<br />

normal and abnormal, should be recorded. Variations from normal size should be accompanied<br />

by measurements. Images should be labeled with the patient identification, facility identification,<br />

examination date, and side (right or left) of the anatomic site imaged. An official interpretation<br />

(final report) of the ultrasound findings should be included in the patient’s medical record.<br />

Retention of the ultrasound examination should be consistent both with clinical needs and with<br />

relevant legal and local health care facility requirements.<br />

Reporting should be in accordance with the AIUM Practice Guideline for Documentation of an<br />

Ultrasound Examination.<br />

<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: Pelvic Protocol<br />

Follow the same scanning guidelines as abdominal. Gynecologic exams will<br />

utilize a filled urinary bladder technique. Male pelvic protocols are not provided<br />

in this section.<br />

When scanning female gynecologic anatomy it is important to follow the contour<br />

of the anatomy. It may be necessary to utilize a steep caudal transducer angle to<br />

properly visualize the vaginal canal and walls and a steep cephalic transducer<br />

angle to demonstrate the uterus and endometrial stripe.<br />

Adequate scanning pressure is required even though you are pressing on a filled<br />

urinary bladder.<br />

An over-filled bladder will compromise the exam.<br />

<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: Gynecologic Exam: Uterus<br />

Longitudinal<br />

Vagina<br />

Cervix with measurement<br />

Uterus midline with length<br />

measured<br />

Right uterine section<br />

Right adenxal region<br />

Midline with endometrial<br />

measurement<br />

Left uterine section<br />

Left adnexal region<br />

Transverse<br />

Cervix<br />

Lower uterine<br />

segment/isthmus<br />

Uterine body<br />

Body with AP and width<br />

measurements<br />

Fundus<br />

Superior to uterine fundus<br />

95


<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: Gynecologic Exam: Ovaries<br />

Start with contralateral ovary; no Hx: begin with right ovary<br />

Complete the following<br />

images for each ovary<br />

Longitudinal<br />

Longest portion<br />

Longest long axis with<br />

measurement<br />

Lateral to ovary (iliac<br />

vessel)<br />

Transverse<br />

Inferior segment<br />

Middle/largest segment<br />

Middle/largest segment<br />

with measurements<br />

Superior portion<br />

Doppler<br />

RI or PI as indicate<br />

96


OBSTETRIC (AIUM)<br />

http://aium.org/resources/guidelines/obstetric.pdf<br />

Classification of Fetal Sonographic Examinations<br />

A. First-Trimester Examination<br />

A standard obstetric sonogram in the first trimester includes evaluation of the presence,<br />

size, location, and number of gestational sac(s). The gestational sac is examined for the<br />

presence of a yolk sac and embryo/fetus. When an embryo/fetus is detected, it should be<br />

measured and cardiac activity recorded by a 2-dimensional video clip or M-mode<br />

imaging.<br />

Use of spectral Doppler imaging is discouraged. The uterus, cervix, adnexa, and cul-desac<br />

region should be examined.<br />

B. Standard Second- or Third-Trimester Examination<br />

A standard obstetric sonogram in the second or third trimester includes an evaluation of<br />

fetal presentation, amniotic fluid volume, cardiac activity, placental position, fetal<br />

biometry, and fetal number, plus an anatomic survey. The maternal cervix and adnexa<br />

should be examined as clinically appropriate when technically feasible.<br />

C. Limited Examination<br />

A limited examination is performed when a specific question requires investigation. For<br />

example, in most routine nonemergency cases, a limited examination could be performed<br />

to confirm fetal heart activity in a bleeding patient or to verify fetal presentation in a<br />

laboring patient. In most cases, limited sonographic examinations are appropriate only<br />

when a prior complete examination is on record.<br />

D. Specialized Examinations<br />

A detailed anatomic examination is performed when an anomaly is suspected on the<br />

basis of the history, biochemical abnormalities, or the results of either the limited or<br />

standard scan. Other specialized examinations might include fetal Doppler ultrasound, a<br />

biophysical profile, a fetal echocardiogram, and additional biometric measurements.<br />

Specifications of the Examination<br />

First-Trimester Ultrasound Examination<br />

Indications: Indications for first-trimesterb sonography include but are not limited to:<br />

a. Confirmation of the presence of an intrauterine pregnancy3–5;<br />

b. Evaluation of a suspected ectopic pregnancy6,7;<br />

c. Defining the cause of vaginal bleeding;<br />

d. Evaluation of pelvic pain;<br />

e. Estimation of gestational (menstrual)c age;<br />

f. Diagnosis or evaluation of multiple gestations;<br />

g. Confirmation of cardiac activity;<br />

h. Imaging as an adjunct to chorionic villus sampling, embryo transfer, and localization<br />

and removal of an intrauterine device;<br />

i. Assessing for certain fetal anomalies, such as anencephaly, in high-risk patients;<br />

j. Evaluation of maternal pelvic masses and/or uterine abnormalities;<br />

k. Measuring the nuchal translucency (NT) when part of a screening program for fetal<br />

aneuploidy; and<br />

l. Evaluation of a suspected hydatidiform mole.


Comment: A limited examination may be performed to evaluate interval growth, estimate<br />

amniotic fluid volume, evaluate the cervix, and assess the presence of cardiac activity.<br />

Imaging Parameters<br />

Comment: Scanning in the first trimester may be performed either transabdominally or<br />

transvaginally.<br />

If a transabdominal examination is not definitive, a transvaginal scan or transperineal<br />

scan should be performed whenever possible.<br />

The uterus (including the cervix) and adnexa should be evaluated for the presence<br />

of a gestational sac. If a gestational sac is seen, its location should be<br />

documented. The gestational sac should be evaluated for the presence or absence<br />

of a yolk sac or embryo, and the crown-rump length should be recorded when<br />

possible.<br />

Comment: A definitive diagnosis of intrauterine pregnancy can be made when an<br />

intrauterine gestational sac containing a yolk sac or embryo/fetus with cardiac activity is<br />

visualized. A small, eccentric intrauterine fluid collection with an echogenic rim can be<br />

seen before the yolk sac and embryo are detectable in a very early intrauterine<br />

pregnancy. In the absence of sonographic signs of ectopic pregnancy, the fluid collection<br />

is highly likely to represent an intrauterine gestational sac. In this circumstance, the<br />

intradecidual sign may be helpful.10 Follow-up sonography and/or serial determination of<br />

maternal serum human chorionic gonadotropin levels are/is appropriate in pregnancies of<br />

undetermined location to avoid inappropriate intervention in a potentially viable early<br />

pregnancy.<br />

The crown-rump length is a more accurate indicator of gestational (menstrual) age than is<br />

the mean gestational sac diameter. However, the mean gestational sac diameter may be<br />

recorded when an embryo is not identified.<br />

Caution should be used in making the presumptive diagnosis of a gestational sac in the<br />

absence of a definite embryo or yolk sac. Without these findings, an intrauterine fluid<br />

collection could represent a pseudo–gestational sac associated with an ectopic<br />

pregnancy.<br />

The presence or absence of cardiac activity should be documented<br />

with a 2-dimensional video clip or M-mode imaging.<br />

Comment: With transvaginal scans, while cardiac motion is usually observed when the<br />

embryo is 2 mm or greater in length, if an embryo less than 7 mm in length is seen<br />

without cardiac activity, a subsequent scan in 1 week is recommended to ensure that the<br />

pregnancy is nonviable.<br />

Fetal number should be documented.<br />

Comment: Amnionicity and chorionicity should be documented for all multiple gestations<br />

when<br />

possible.<br />

Embryonic/fetal anatomy appropriate for the first trimester should be<br />

assessed.<br />

The nuchal region should be imaged, and abnormalities such as<br />

cystic hygroma<br />

should be documented.<br />

Comment: For those patients desiring to assess their individual risk of fetal aneuploidy, a<br />

very specific measurement of the NT during a specific age interval is necessary (as<br />

determined by the laboratory used). See the guidelines for this measurement below.


NT measurements should be used (in conjunction with serum biochemistry) to determine<br />

the risk of having a fetus with aneuploidy or other anatomic abnormalities such as heart<br />

defects.<br />

In this setting, it is important that the practitioner measure the NT according to<br />

established guidelines for measurement. A quality assessment program is recommended<br />

to ensure that false-positive and false-negative results are kept to a minimum.<br />

Guidelines for NT Measurement:<br />

i. The margins of the NT edges must be clear enough for proper placement of the<br />

calipers.<br />

ii. The fetus must be in the midsagittal plane.<br />

iii. The image must be magnified so that it is filled by the fetal head, neck, and upper<br />

thorax.<br />

iv. The fetal neck must be in a neutral position, not flexed and not hyperextended.<br />

v. The amnion must be seen as separate from the NT line.<br />

vi. The + calipers on the ultrasound must be used to perform the NT measurement.<br />

vii. Electronic calipers must be placed on the inner borders of the nuchal line space with<br />

none of the horizontal crossbar itself protruding into the space.<br />

viii. The calipers must be placed perpendicular to the long axis of the fetus.<br />

viiii. The measurement must be obtained at the widest space of the NT.<br />

The uterus including the cervix, adnexal structures, and cul-de-sac<br />

should be<br />

evaluated. Abnormalities should be imaged and documented.<br />

Comment: The presence, location, appearance, and size of adnexal masses should be<br />

documented. The presence and number of leiomyomata should be documented. The<br />

measurements of the largest or any potentially clinically significant leiomyomata should<br />

be documented. The cul-de-sac should be evaluated for the presence or absence of<br />

fluid. Uterine anomalies should be documented.<br />

B. Second- and Third-Trimester Ultrasound Examination<br />

Indications: for second- and third-trimester sonography include but are not limited to:<br />

a. Screening for fetal anomalies<br />

b. Evaluation of fetal anatomy;<br />

c. Estimation of gestational (menstrual) age;<br />

d. Evaluation of fetal growth;<br />

e. Evaluation of vaginal bleeding;<br />

f. Evaluation of abdominal or pelvic pain;<br />

g. Evaluation of cervical insufficiency;<br />

h. Determination of fetal presentation;<br />

i. Evaluation of suspected multiple gestation;<br />

j. Adjunct to amniocentesis or other procedure;<br />

k. Evaluation of a significant discrepancy between uterine size and clinical dates;<br />

l. Evaluation of a pelvic mass;<br />

m. Evaluation of a suspected hydatidiform mole;<br />

n. Adjunct to cervical cerclage placement;<br />

o. Suspected ectopic pregnancy;<br />

p. Suspected fetal death;<br />

q. Suspected uterine abnormalities;<br />

r. Evaluation of fetal well-being;<br />

s. Suspected amniotic fluid abnormalities;<br />

t. Suspected placental abruption;


u. Adjunct to external cephalic version;<br />

v. Evaluation of premature rupture of membranes and/or premature labor;<br />

w. Evaluation of abnormal biochemical markers;<br />

x. Follow-up evaluation of a fetal anomaly;<br />

y. Follow-up evaluation of placental location for suspected placenta previa;<br />

z. History of previous congenital anomaly;<br />

aa. Evaluation of the fetal condition in late registrants for prenatal care; and<br />

bb. Assessment for findings that may increase the risk for aneuploidy.<br />

Comment: In certain clinical circumstances, a more detailed examination of fetal<br />

anatomy may<br />

be indicated.<br />

Imaging Parameters for a Standard Fetal Examination<br />

Fetal cardiac activity, fetal number, and presentation should be<br />

documented.<br />

Comment: An abnormal heart rate and/or rhythm should be documented.<br />

Multiple gestations require the documentation of additional information: chorionicity,<br />

amnionicity, comparison of fetal sizes, estimation of amniotic fluid volume (increased,<br />

decreased, or normal) in each gestational sac, and fetal genitalia (when visualized).<br />

A qualitative or semiquantitative estimate of amniotic fluid volume<br />

should be documented.<br />

Comment: Although it is acceptable for experienced examiners to qualitatively estimate<br />

amniotic fluid volume, semiquantitative methods have also been described for this<br />

purpose<br />

(eg, amniotic fluid index, single deepest pocket, and 2-diameter pocket).<br />

The placental location, appearance, and relationship to the internal<br />

cervical os should be documented. The umbilical cord should be imaged and<br />

the number of vessels in the cord documented. The placental cord insertion site25 should<br />

be documented when technically possible.<br />

Comment: It is recognized that the apparent placental position early in pregnancy may not<br />

correlate well with its location at the time of delivery. Transabdominal, transperineal, or<br />

transvaginal views may be helpful in visualizing the internal cervical os and its relationship<br />

to the placenta. Transvaginal or transperineal ultrasound may be considered if the cervix<br />

appears shortened or cannot be adequately visualized during the transabdominal<br />

sonogram. A velamentous (also called membranous) placental cord insertion that crosses<br />

the internal os of the cervix is vasa previa, a condition that has a high risk of fetal mortality<br />

if not diagnosed before labor.<br />

Gestational (menstrual) age assessment.<br />

First-trimester crown-rump measurement is the most accurate means for sonographic<br />

dating of pregnancy. Beyond this period, a variety of sonographic parameters such as<br />

biparietal diameter, abdominal circumference, and femoral diaphysis length can be used to<br />

estimate gestational (menstrual) age. The variability of gestational (menstrual) age<br />

estimation, however, increases with advancing pregnancy. Significant discrepancies<br />

between gestational (menstrual) age and fetal measurements may suggest the possibility<br />

of a fetal growth abnormality, intrauterine growth restriction, or macrosomia.<br />

Comment: The pregnancy should not be redated after an accurate earlier scan has been<br />

performed and is available for comparison.<br />

i. The biparietal diameter is measured at the level of the thalami and cavum septi<br />

pellucidi or columns of the fornix. The cerebellar hemispheres should not be visible


in this scanning plane. The measurement is taken from the outer edge of the<br />

proximal skull to the inner edge of the distal skull.<br />

Comment: The head shape may be flattened (dolichocephaly) or rounded<br />

(brachycephaly) as a normal variant. Under these circumstances, certain variants<br />

of<br />

normal fetal head development may make measurement of the head<br />

circumference more reliable than biparietal diameter for estimating gestational<br />

(menstrual) age.<br />

ii. The head circumference is measured at the same level as the biparietal<br />

diameter, around the outer perimeter of the calvarium. This measurement is not<br />

affected by head shape.<br />

iii. The femoral diaphysis length can be reliably used after 14 weeks’ gestational<br />

(menstrual) age. The long axis of the femoral shaft is most accurately measured<br />

with the beam of insonation being perpendicular to the shaft, excluding the distal<br />

femoral epiphysis.<br />

iv. The abdominal circumference or average abdominal diameter should be<br />

determined at the skin line on a true transverse view at the level of the junction of<br />

the umbilical vein, portal sinus, and fetal stomach when visible.<br />

Comment: The abdominal circumference or average abdominal diameter measurement is<br />

used with other biometric parameters to estimate fetal weight and may allow detection of<br />

intrauterine growth restriction or macrosomia.<br />

Fetal weight estimation.<br />

Fetal weight can be estimated by obtaining measurements such as the biparietal<br />

diameter, head circumference, abdominal circumference or average abdominal diameter,<br />

and femoral diaphysis length. Results from various prediction models can be compared<br />

to fetal weight percentiles from published nomograms.<br />

Comment: If previous studies have been performed, appropriateness of growth should<br />

also be documented. Scans for growth evaluation can typically be performed at least 2 to<br />

4 weeks apart. A shorter scan interval may result in confusion as to whether<br />

measurement changes are truly due to growth as opposed to variations in the technique<br />

itself. Currently, even the best fetal weight prediction methods can yield errors as high as<br />

±15%. This variability can be influenced by factors such as the nature of the patient<br />

population, the number and types of anatomic parameters being measured, technical<br />

factors that affect the resolution of ultrasound images, and the weight range being<br />

studied.<br />

Maternal anatomy.<br />

Evaluation of the uterus, adnexal structures, and cervix should be performed when<br />

appropriate. If the cervix cannot be visualized, a transperineal or transvaginal scan may<br />

be considered when evaluation of the cervix is needed.<br />

Comment: This will allow recognition of incidental findings of potential clinical<br />

significance.<br />

The presence, location, and size of adnexal masses and the presence of at least the<br />

largest and potentially clinically significant leiomyomata should be documented. It is not<br />

always possible to image the normal maternal ovaries during the second and third<br />

trimesters.


Fetal anatomic survey.<br />

Fetal anatomy, as described in this document, may be adequately assessed by<br />

ultrasound after approximately 18 weeks’ gestational (menstrual) age. It may be possible<br />

to document normal structures before this time, although some structures can be difficult<br />

to visualize due to fetal size, position, movement, abdominal scars, and increased<br />

maternal abdominal wall thickness. A second- or third-trimester scan may pose<br />

technical limitations for an anatomic evaluation due to imaging artifacts from acoustic<br />

shadowing. When this occurs, the report of the sonographic examination should<br />

document the nature of this technical limitation. A follow-up examination may be helpful.<br />

The following areas of assessment represent the minimal elements of a standard<br />

examination of fetal anatomy. A more detailed fetal anatomic examination may be<br />

necessary if an abnormality or suspected abnormality is found on the standard<br />

examination.<br />

i. head<br />

o Lateral cerebral ventricles;<br />

o Choroid plexus;<br />

o Midline falx;<br />

o Cavum septi pellucidi;<br />

o Cerebellum;<br />

o Cistern magna; and<br />

o Upper lip.<br />

Comment: A measurement of the nuchal fold may be helpful during a specific age<br />

interval to assess the risk of aneuploidy.<br />

Chest:<br />

o Heart41–43:<br />

o Four-chamber view;<br />

o Left ventricular outflow tract; and<br />

o Right ventricular outflow tract.<br />

Abdomen:<br />

o Stomach (presence, size, and situs);<br />

o Kidneys;<br />

o Urinary bladder;<br />

o Umbilical cord insertion site into the fetal abdomen; and<br />

o Umbilical cord vessel number.<br />

Spine:<br />

o Cervical, thoracic, lumbar, and sacral spine.<br />

Extremities:<br />

o Legs and arms.<br />

Sex: In multiple gestations and when medically indicated.<br />

Documentation<br />

Adequate documentation is essential for high-quality patient care. There should be a<br />

permanent record of the ultrasound examination and its interpretation. Images of all<br />

appropriate areas, both normal and abnormal, should be recorded. Variations from<br />

normal size should be accompanied by measurements. Images should be labeled with<br />

the patient identification, facility identification, examination date, and side (right or left) of<br />

the anatomic site imaged.<br />

An official interpretation (final report) of the ultrasound findings should be included in the patient’s medical<br />

record. Retention of the ultrasound examination should be consistent both with clinical needs and with relevant<br />

legal and local health care facility requirements. Reporting should be in accordance with the AIUM Practice<br />

Guideline for Documentation of an Ultrasound Examination.


<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: Obstetrics (Simulation)<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s will apply creative thinking and logic to generate scanning<br />

protocol for:<br />

First Trimester<br />

Second-Third Trimester<br />

Anatomical Survey<br />

Multigestational<br />

Biophysical Profile<br />

Others


AIUM Practice Guideline for the Performance of a Musculoskeletal<br />

Ultrasound Examination<br />

http://www.aium.org/resources/guidelines/musculoskeletal.pdf<br />

Indications<br />

Indications for MSK ultrasound include but are not limited to:<br />

A. Pain or dysfunction.<br />

B. Soft tissue or bone injury.<br />

C. Tendon or ligament pathology.<br />

D. Arthritis, synovitis, or crystal deposition disease.<br />

E. Intra-articular bodies.<br />

F. Joint effusion.<br />

G. Nerve entrapment, injury, neuropathy, masses, or subluxation.<br />

H. Evaluation of soft tissue masses, swelling, or fluid collections.<br />

I. Detection of foreign bodies in the superficial soft tissues.<br />

J. Planning and guiding an invasive procedure.<br />

K. Congenital or developmental anomalies.<br />

L. Postoperative or postprocedural evaluation.<br />

An MSK ultrasound examination should be performed when there is a valid medical<br />

reason.<br />

There are no absolute contraindications.<br />

Specifications for Individual Examinations<br />

Depending on the clinical request and the patient’s presentation, the ultrasound<br />

examination can involve a complete assessment of a joint or anatomic region, or it can be<br />

focused on a specific structure of interest. If a focused study is performed, it is essential<br />

to have a full understanding of the relevant abnormalities, including those that may<br />

correspond to the patient’s symptoms. General ultrasound scanning principles apply.<br />

Transverse and longitudinal views should always be obtained with the transducer parallel<br />

(that is, ultrasound beam perpendicular) to the axis of the region of interest to minimize<br />

artifacts. Abnormalities should be measured in orthogonal planes. Patient positioning for<br />

specific examinations may vary depending on the indication, clinical condition, and<br />

patient’s age.<br />

A. Specifications for a Shoulder Examination<br />

Patients should be examined in the sitting position when possible, preferably on a<br />

rotating seat. Examination of the shoulder should be tailored to the patient’s clinical<br />

circumstances and range of motion. Color and power Doppler imaging may be useful in<br />

detecting hyperemia within the joint or surrounding structures.<br />

The long head of the biceps tendon should be examined with the forearm in supination<br />

and resting on the thigh or with the arm in slight external rotation. The tendon is<br />

examined in a transverse plane (short axis), where it emerges from under the acromion,<br />

to the musculotendinous junction distally. Longitudinal views (long axis) should also be<br />

obtained. These views should be used to detect fluid or intra-articular loose bodies within<br />

the bicipital tendon sheath and to determine whether the tendon is properly positioned<br />

within the bicipital groove,<br />

subluxated, dislocated, or torn.<br />

The rotator cuff should be examined for signs of a tear, tendinosis, and/or calcification.<br />

Both long- and short-axis views of each tendon should be obtained. To examine the<br />

subscapularis tendon, the elbow remains at the side while the arm is placed in external<br />

rotation. The subscapularis is imaged from the musculotendinous junction to the insertion


on the lesser tuberosity of the humerus. Dynamic evaluation as the patient moves from<br />

internal to external rotation may be helpful.<br />

To examine the supraspinatus tendon, the arm can be extended posteriorly, and the<br />

palmar aspect of the hand can be placed against the superior aspect of the iliac wing with<br />

the elbow flexed and directed toward the midline (instruct the patient to place the hand in<br />

the back pocket). Other positioning techniques also may be helpful.<br />

To scan the supraspinatus and infraspinatus tendons along their long axis, it is important<br />

to orient the transducer approximately 45° between the sagittal and coronal planes to<br />

obtain a longitudinal view. The transducer then should be moved anteriorly and<br />

posteriorly to completely visualize the tendons.<br />

Short-axis views of the tendons should be obtained by rotating the probe 90° to the long<br />

axis. The tendons are visualized by sweeping medially to the acromion and laterally to<br />

their insertions on the greater tuberosity of the humerus. The more posterior aspect of the<br />

infraspinatus and teres minor tendons should be examined by placing the transducer at<br />

the level of the glenohumeral joint below the scapular spine while the forearm rests on<br />

the thigh with the hand supinated. Internal and external rotation of the arm is helpful in<br />

identifying the infraspinatus muscle and its tendon and in detecting small joint effusions.<br />

To visualize the teres minor tendon, the medial edge of the probe should be angled<br />

slightly inferiorly.<br />

Throughout the examination of the rotator cuff, the cuff should be compressed with the<br />

transducer to detect nonretracted tears. In evaluating rotator cuff tears, comparison with<br />

the<br />

contralateral side may be useful. Dynamic evaluation of the rotator cuff also is useful: for<br />

example, to evaluate the rotator cuff for impingement or to assess the cuff tear extent. In<br />

patients with a rotator cuff tear, the supraspinatus, infraspinatus, and teres minor muscles<br />

should be examined for atrophy, which may alter surgical management.<br />

During the rotator cuff examination, the subacromial-subdeltoid bursa should be<br />

examined for the presence of bursal thickening or fluid. It is also important to evaluate the<br />

glenohumeral joint with the probe placed in the transverse plane from a posterior<br />

approach to evaluate for effusions, intra-articular loose bodies, synovitis, or bony<br />

abnormalities. If symptoms warrant, the suprascapular notch and spinoglenoid notch also<br />

may be evaluated. The acromioclavicular joint should be evaluated with the probe placed<br />

at the apex of the shoulder, bridging the acromion and distal clavicle examined in a<br />

decubitus position, and older children are examined seated. The shoulder is scanned<br />

from a posterior approach to evaluate the relationship between the humeral head and<br />

glenoid, as well as the shape of the posterior glenoid. Both static and dynamic images<br />

are obtained. The shoulder is scanned through the full range of internal to external<br />

rotation. Posterior subluxation is assessed visually and by measuring the ı angle, which<br />

is the angle between the posterior margin of the scapula and the line drawn tangentially<br />

to the humeral head and posterior edge of the glenoid. The normal value of the ı angle is<br />

30° or less. The clavicle and proximal humerus are also evaluated for fracture.<br />

B. Specifications for an Elbow Examination<br />

The patient is seated with the arm extended and the hand in supination, resting on a<br />

table, and the examiner sitting in front of the patient. The elbow may also be examined<br />

with the patient supine and the examiner on the same side as the elbow of interest. The<br />

examination is divided into 4 quadrants: anterior, medial, lateral, and posterior. The<br />

examination may involve a complete assessment of 1 or more of the 4 quadrants or may<br />

be focused on a specific structure depending on the clinical presentation. Color and<br />

power Doppler imaging may be useful in detecting hyperemia within the joint or<br />

surrounding structures.


1. Anterior<br />

The anterior joint space and other recesses of the elbow are assessed for effusion,<br />

synovial proliferation, and loose bodies. Longitudinal and transverse scanning of the<br />

anterior humeroradial and humeroulnar joints and coronoid and radial fossae is<br />

performed to assess the articular cartilage and cortical bone. The annular recess of the<br />

neck of the radius is scanned dynamically with the patient alternatively supinating and<br />

pronating the forearm. The same dynamic assessment can be made for the biceps<br />

tendon and its attachment to the radial bicipital tuberosity. Evaluation of the brachialis<br />

muscle, the adjacent radial and brachial vessels, and the median and radial nerves can<br />

also be performed as clinically warranted.<br />

2. Lateral<br />

The patient extends the arm and places both palms together, or if the patient is supine,<br />

the forearm is placed across the abdomen. This position allows assessment of the lateral<br />

epicondyle and the attachments of the common extensor tendon as well as the more<br />

proximal attachments of the extensor carpi radialis longus and brachioradialis. The hand<br />

is then pronated with the transducer on the posterolateral aspect of the elbow to scan the<br />

radial collateral ligament.<br />

3. Medial<br />

The hand is placed in supination, or if the patient is supine, the upper limb is placed in<br />

abduction and external rotation to expose the medial side of the elbow. The medial<br />

epicondyle, common flexor tendon, and ulnar collateral ligament are scanned in both<br />

planes. The ulnar nerve is visualized in the cubital tunnel between the olecranon process<br />

and medial epicondyle. Static examination of the ulnar nerve may be facilitated by placing<br />

the elbow in an extended position. Dynamic subluxation of the ulnar nerve is assessed by<br />

imaging with flexion and extension of the elbow. Dynamic examination with valgus stress<br />

is performed to assess the integrity of the ulnar collateral ligament. During stress testing,<br />

the elbow must be slightly flexed to disengage the olecranon from the olecranon fossa.<br />

4. Posterior<br />

The palm is placed down on the table, or if the patient is supine, the forearm is placed<br />

across the abdomen, with the elbow flexed to 90°. The posterior joint space, triceps<br />

tendon, olecranon process, and olecranon bursa are assessed.<br />

C. Specifications for a Wrist and Hand Examination<br />

The patient sits with hands resting on a table placed anteriorly or on a pillow placed on<br />

the patient’s thighs. Alternatively, the examination can be performed with the patient<br />

supine. The volar examination requires the wrists to be placed flat or in mild dorsiflexion<br />

with the palm up and during both ulnar and radial deviation to delineate all the necessary<br />

anatomy. The dorsal scan requires the wrist to be placed palm down with mild volar<br />

flexion. The examination may involve a complete assessment of 1 or more of the 3<br />

anatomic regions described below or may be focused on a specific structure depending<br />

on the clinical presentation. Color and power Doppler imaging may be useful in detecting<br />

hyperemia within the joint or surrounding structures.<br />

1. Volar<br />

Transverse and longitudinal images should be obtained from the volar wrist crease to the<br />

thenar muscles. The transducer will require angulation to compensate for the normal<br />

contour of the wrist. The flexor retinaculum, flexor digitorum profundus and superficialis<br />

tendons, and adjacent flexor pollicis longus tendon should be identified within the carpal<br />

tunnel. Dynamic imaging with flexion and extension of the fingers will demonstrate normal<br />

motion of these tendons. The median nerve lies superficial to these tendons and deep to


the flexor retinaculum, and it moves with the tendons but with less amplitude on dynamic<br />

imaging. The distal end of the median nerve is tapered and divides into multiple divisions<br />

for the hand. The palmaris longus tendon lies superficial to the retinaculum. On the radial<br />

side of the wrist, the flexor carpi radialis longus tendon lies within its own canal. It is<br />

important to evaluate the region of the flexor carpi radialis and the radial artery for occult<br />

ganglion cysts, which typically originate from the radiocarpal joint capsule. On the ulnar<br />

side, branches of the ulnar nerve and artery lie within the Guyon canal. The flexor carpi<br />

ulnaris tendon and pisiform bone border the ulnar aspect of the Guyon canal. All of the<br />

tendons can be followed to their sites of insertion if clinically indicated.<br />

2. Ulnar<br />

Placing the transducer transversely on the ulnar styloid and moving distally will allow<br />

visualization of the triangular fibrocartilage complex (TFCC) in its long axis. The<br />

transducer is then moved 90° to view the short axis of the TFCC. The ulnomeniscal<br />

homologue may be seen just deep to the extensor carpi ulnaris tendon. This tendon<br />

should be viewed in supination and pronation to assess for subluxation.<br />

3. Dorsal<br />

Structures are very superficial on the dorsal surface, and a high-frequency transducer is<br />

required with or without the use of a standoff pad. The extensor retinaculum divides the<br />

dorsal aspect of the wrist into 6 compartments, which accommodate 9 tendons. These<br />

tendons are examined in their short axes initially and then in their long axes in static and<br />

dynamic modes, the latter being performed with flexion and extension of the fingers. The<br />

tendons can be followed to their sites of insertion when clinically indicated. Moving the<br />

transducer transversely distal to the Lister tubercle identifies the dorsal aspect of the<br />

scapholunate ligament, a site of symptomatic ligament tears and ganglion cysts. The<br />

remaining intercarpal ligaments are not routinely assessed. In patients with suspected<br />

inflammatory arthritis, the dorsal radiocarpal, midcarpal, metacarpophalangeal, and, if<br />

symptomatic, proximal interphalangeal joints are evaluated from the volar and dorsal<br />

aspects in both the longitudinal and transverse planes for effusion, synovial hypertrophy,<br />

and bony erosions. Other joints of the wrist and hand are similarly evaluated as clinically<br />

indicated.<br />

D. Specifications for a Hip Examination<br />

Depending on the patient’s habitus, a lower-frequency transducer may be required to<br />

scan the hip. However, the operator should use the highest possible frequency that<br />

provides adequate penetration. The patient is placed supine to examine the anterior hip<br />

and turned as necessary to visualize the posterior, medial, and/or lateral hip. The<br />

examination may involve a complete assessment of 1 or more of the 4 anatomic regions<br />

of the hip described below or may be focused on a specific structure depending on the<br />

clinical presentation. Color and power Doppler imaging may be useful in detecting<br />

hyperemia within the joint or surrounding structures.<br />

1. Anterior<br />

A sagittal oblique plane parallel to the long axis of the femoral neck is used for evaluating<br />

the femoral head, neck, joint effusion, and synovitis. The sagittal plane is used for the<br />

labrum, iliopsoas tendon and bursa, femoral vessels, and sartorius and rectus femoris<br />

muscles. The above structures are then scanned in the transverse plane, perpendicular<br />

to the original scan plane. When a “snapping hip” is suspected, dynamic scanning is<br />

performed over the region of interest using the same movement that the patient<br />

describes as precipitating the complaint. The snapping hip is usually related to the<br />

iliopsoas tendon as it passes anteriorly over the superior pubic bone or laterally where<br />

the iliotibial tract crosses the greater trochanter.


2. Lateral<br />

In the lateral decubitus position, with the symptomatic side up, transverse and<br />

longitudinal scans of the greater trochanter, greater trochanteric bursa, gluteus medius,<br />

gluteus maximus, gluteus minimus, and tensor fascia lata should be performed. An<br />

iliotibial tract that snaps over the greater trochanter can be assessed in this position using<br />

dynamic flexion-extension.<br />

3. Medial<br />

The hip is placed in external rotation with 45° knee flexion (frog leg position). The distal<br />

iliopsoas tendon, due to its oblique course, may be better seen in this position. The<br />

adductor muscles are imaged in their long axis with the probe in a sagittal oblique<br />

orientation, with short-axis images obtained perpendicular to this plane. In addition, the<br />

pubic bone and symphysis and the distal rectus abdominis insertion should be evaluated.<br />

4. Posterior<br />

The patient is prone with the legs extended. Transverse and longitudinal views of the<br />

glutei, hamstrings, and sciatic nerve are obtained. The glutei are imaged obliquely from<br />

origin to greater trochanter (gluteus medius and minimus) and linea aspera (gluteus<br />

maximus). The sciatic nerve is scanned in its short axis from its exit at the greater sciatic<br />

foramen, deep to the gluteus maximus. It can be followed distally, midway between the<br />

ischial tuberosity and greater trochanter, lying superficial to the quadratus femoris<br />

muscle. For information on the neonatal hip, see the AIUM Practice Guideline for the<br />

Performance of an Ultrasound Examination for Detection and Assessment of<br />

Developmental Dysplasia of the Hip.<br />

E. Specifications for a Prosthetic Hip Examination<br />

The hip is assessed for joint effusions and extra-articular fluid collections, often as part of<br />

an ultrasound-guided procedure for fluid aspiration in the clinical scenario of possible<br />

prosthetic joint infection. The regions of the greater trochanter and iliopsoas are<br />

evaluated for fluid collections or tendon abnormalities such as tendinosis or tears of the<br />

iliopsoas, gluteus medius, and gluteus minimus tendons.<br />

F. Specifications for a Knee Examination<br />

An ultrasound examination of the knee is divided into 4 quadrants. The examination may<br />

involve a complete assessment of 1 or more of the 4 quadrants of the knee described<br />

below or may be focused on a specific structure depending on the clinical presentation.<br />

Color and power Doppler imaging may be useful in detecting hyperemia within the joint or<br />

surrounding structures<br />

1. Anterior<br />

The patient is supine with the knee flexed to 30°. Longitudinal and transverse scans of<br />

the quadriceps and patellar tendons, patellar retinacula, and suprapatellar recess are<br />

obtained. The distal femoral trochlear cartilage can be assessed with the probe placed in<br />

the suprapatellar space in the transverse plane and with the knee in maximal flexion.<br />

Longitudinal views of the cartilage over the medial and lateral femoral condyles are<br />

added as indicated. The prepatellar, superficial, and deep infra-patellar bursae are also<br />

evaluated.<br />

2. Medial<br />

The patient remains supine with slight flexion of the knee and hip and with slight external<br />

rotation of the hip. Alternatively, the patient may be placed in the lateral decubitus<br />

position. The medial joint space is examined. The medial collateral ligament, pes<br />

anserine tendons and bursa, and medial patellar retinaculum are scanned in both planes.


The anterior horn and body of the medial meniscus may be identified in this position,<br />

particularly with valgus stress. If meniscal pathology is suspected either clinically or by<br />

ultrasound, further imaging with magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) or computed<br />

tomographic arthrography if there are contraindications to MRI is advised.<br />

3. Lateral<br />

The patient remains supine with the ipsilateral leg internally rotated or in a lateral<br />

decubitus position. A pillow may be placed between the knees for comfort. From posterior<br />

to anterior, the popliteus tendon, biceps femoris tendon, fibular collateral ligament, and<br />

iliotibial band are scanned. The lateral patellar retinaculum can also be assessed in this<br />

position (as well as in the anterior position). The joint line is scanned for lateral meniscal<br />

pathology, with varus stress applied as needed.<br />

4. Posterior<br />

The patient lies prone with the leg extended. The popliteal fossa, semimembranosus,<br />

medial, and lateral gastrocnemius muscles, tendons, and bursae are assessed. To<br />

confirm the diagnosis of a popliteal cyst, the comma-shaped extension toward the<br />

posterior joint has to be visualized sonographically in the posterior transverse scan<br />

between the medial head of the gastrocnemius and semimembranosus tendon. In<br />

addition, the posterior horns of both menisci can be evaluated. The posterior cruciate<br />

ligament may be identifiable in a sagittal oblique plane in this position.<br />

G. Specifications for an Ankle and Foot Examination<br />

An ultrasound examination of the ankle is divided into 4 quadrants (anterior, medial,<br />

lateral, and posterior). The examination may involve a complete assessment of 1 of the 4<br />

quadrants described below or may be focused on a specific structure depending on the<br />

clinical presentation. Examination of the foot is most often focused on a particular<br />

structure to answer the clinical question (for example, plantar fasciitis, Morton neuroma,<br />

or a ganglion cyst). Color and power Doppler imaging may be useful in detecting<br />

hyperemia within the joint or surrounding structures.<br />

1. Anterior<br />

The patient lies supine with the knee flexed and the plantar aspect of the foot flat on the<br />

table. The anterior tendons are assessed in long- and short-axis planes from their<br />

musculotendinous junctions to their distal insertions. From medial to lateral, this tendon<br />

group includes the tibialis anterior, extensor hallucis longus, extensor digitorum longus,<br />

and peroneus tertius tendons (the latter being congenitally absent in some patients). The<br />

anterior joint recess is scanned for effusion, loose bodies, and synovial thickening. The<br />

anterior joint capsule is attached to the anterior tibial margin and the neck of the talus,<br />

and the hyaline cartilage of the talus appears as a thin hypoechoic line. The anterior<br />

inferior tibiofibular ligament of the syndesmotic complex is assessed by moving the<br />

transducer proximally over the distal tibia and fibula, superior and medial to the lateral<br />

malleolus, and scanning in an oblique plane.<br />

2. Medial<br />

The patient is placed in a lateral decubitus position with the medial ankle facing upward.<br />

The posterior tibial, flexor digitorum longus, and flexor hallucis longus tendons (located in<br />

this order from anterior to posterior) are initially scanned in the short-axis plane proximal<br />

to the medial malleolus to identify each tendon. They are then assessed in long- and<br />

short-axis planes from their proximal musculotendinous junctions in the supramalleolar<br />

region to their distal insertions. To avoid anisotropy, the angulation of the transducer<br />

must be adjusted continuously for the ultrasound beam to remain perpendicular to the<br />

tendons as they curve under the medial malleolus. The same holds true when assessing<br />

the lateral aspect of the ankle, as described below. The tibial nerve can be scanned by<br />

identifying it between the flexor digitorum tendon anteriorly and the flexor hallucis longus


tendon posteriorly, at the level of the malleolus. The nerve can then be followed<br />

proximally and distally. The flexor hallucis longus may also be scanned in the posterior<br />

position, medial to the Achilles tendon. The deltoid ligament is scanned longitudinally<br />

from its attachment to the medial malleolus to the navicular, talus, and calcaneus.<br />

3. Lateral<br />

The patient is placed in a lateral decubitus position with the lateral ankle facing upward.<br />

The peroneus brevis and longus tendons are identified proximal to the lateral malleolus in<br />

their short-axis planes, and they can then be assessed in long- and short-axis planes<br />

from their proximal (supramalleolar) musculotendinous junctions to their distal insertions.<br />

The peroneus longus can be followed in this manner to the cuboid groove where it turns<br />

to course medially along the plantar aspect of the foot to insert on the base of the first<br />

metatarsal and medial cuneiform. This latter aspect of the tendon can be scanned in the<br />

prone position as clinically indicated. The peroneus brevis tendon is followed to its<br />

insertion on the base of the fifth metatarsal. The peroneus brevis and longus tendons are<br />

assessed for subluxation using real-time images with dorsiflexion and eversion.<br />

Circumduction of the ankle can also be a helpful maneuver. The lateral ligament complex<br />

is examined by placing the transducer on the tip of the lateral malleolus in the following<br />

orientations: anterior and posterior horizontal oblique for the anterior and posterior<br />

talofibular ligaments and posterior vertical oblique for the calcaneofibular ligament.<br />

4. Posterior<br />

The patient is prone with feet extending over the end of the table. The Achilles tendon is<br />

scanned in long- and short-axis planes from the musculotendinous junctions (medial and<br />

lateral heads of the gastrocnemius and soleus muscles) to the site of insertion on the<br />

posterior surface of the calcaneus. Dynamic scanning with plantar and dorsiflexion may<br />

aid in the evaluation of tears. The plantaris tendon lies along the medial aspect of the<br />

Achilles tendon and inserts on the posteromedial calcaneus. It should be noted that this<br />

tendon may be absent as a normal variant but is often intact in the setting of a fullthickness<br />

Achilles tendon tear. The retrocalcaneal bursa, between the Achilles and<br />

superior calcaneus, is also assessed. Assessment for a superficial retro Achilles bursa is<br />

facilitated by floating the transducer on ultrasound gel and evaluating for fluid within the<br />

subcutaneous tissues. The plantar fascia is scanned in both long- and short-axis planes<br />

from its proximal origin on the medial calcaneal tubercle distally where it divides and<br />

merges into the soft tissues.<br />

5. Digital<br />

In patients with suspected inflammatory arthritis, the metatarsophalangeal joints and, if<br />

symptomatic, proximal interphalangeal joints are evaluated from the plantar and dorsal<br />

aspects in both the longitudinal and transverse planes for effusion, synovial hypertrophy,<br />

synovial hyperemia, and bony erosions. Other joints of the foot are similarly evaluated as<br />

clinically indicated.<br />

6. Interdigital<br />

The patient is supine with the foot dorsiflexed 90° to the ankle. Either a dorsal or plantar<br />

approach can be used. The latter will be described here. The transducer is placed<br />

longitudinally on the plantar aspect of the first interdigital space, and the examiner applies<br />

digital pressure on the dorsal surface. The transducer is moved laterally with its center at<br />

the level of the metatarsal heads. The process is repeated for the remaining interspaces<br />

and then repeated in the transverse plane. When a Morton neuroma is clinically<br />

suspected, pressure can be applied to reproduce the patient’s symptoms. The<br />

intermetatarsal bursa lies on the dorsal aspect of the interdigital nerve, and care must be<br />

taken to correctly identify a neuroma and differentiate it from the bursa.


H. Specifications for a Peripheral Nerve Examination<br />

Nerves have a fascicular pattern with hypoechoic longitudinal neuronal fascicles<br />

interspersed with hyperechoic interfascicular epineurium. In addition, they have a<br />

hyperechoic superficial epineurium. As a nerve bifurcates, each fascicle enters one of the<br />

subdivisions without splitting. Nerves course adjacent to vessels and are readily<br />

distinguished from the surrounding tendons with a dynamic examination, during which the<br />

nerve demonstrates relatively little movement compared to the adjacent tendons. Nerves<br />

may become more hypoechoic as they pass through fibro-osseous tunnels, as the<br />

fascicles become more compact. Examination in the short-axis plane is usually preferred<br />

to assess the course of the nerve because it may be difficult to separate the nerve itself<br />

from the surrounding tendons and muscles on a longitudinal scan. Assessment at the<br />

level of fibro-osseous tunnels may require a dynamic examination. A statically dislocated<br />

nerve is readily identifiable on ultrasound imaging, but an intermittently subluxating nerve<br />

requires a dynamic examination. Perhaps the most commonly subluxating nerve is the<br />

ulnar nerve within the cubital tunnel (see Specifications for an Elbow Examination).<br />

Entrapment neuropathies also typically occur within fibro-osseous tunnels, (eg, cubital<br />

and Guyon tunnels for the ulnar nerve, carpal tunnel for the median nerve, fibular neck<br />

for the common peroneal nerve, and tarsal tunnel for the tibial nerve). Adjacent pathology<br />

of tendons, soft tissues, and bone can be readily evaluated to determine the potential<br />

underlying cause of the nerve dysfunction. In addition, congenital abnormalities, (eg,<br />

accessory muscles or vessels) can be assessed.<br />

I. Specifications for a Soft Tissue Mass Examination<br />

The mass should be scanned in both long- and short-axis planes. Ultrasound imaging is<br />

an excellent method for differentiating solid from cystic masses. The mass should be<br />

measured in 3 orthogonal dimensions, and its relationship with surrounding structures,<br />

particularly joints, neurovascular bundles, and tendons, should be determined.<br />

Compressibility of the lesion should be evaluated. A color or power Doppler evaluation<br />

may help delineate intralesional and extralesional vessels and vascularity of a mass.<br />

J. Specifications for Interventional MSK Ultrasound<br />

Ultrasound imaging is an ideal modality for image guidance of interventional procedures<br />

within the MSK system. The usual standards for interventional procedures apply (ie,<br />

review prior imaging, appropriate consent, local anesthetic, and sterile conditions). The<br />

use of a sterile drape that surrounds the prepared site, a sterile ultrasound probe cover,<br />

and sterile gloves will lower the risk of contamination and infection. Ultrasound provides<br />

direct visualization of the needle, monitors the needle pathway, and shows the position of<br />

the needle within the target area. Direct visualization of the needle allows the practitioner<br />

to avoid significant intralesional and extralesional vessels, adjacent nerves, and other<br />

structures at risk.<br />

Before any procedure, an ultrasound examination to characterize the target area and its<br />

relationship to surrounding structures is performed. Color or power Doppler imaging is<br />

useful to delineate any vessels within the target zone. Ideally, the shortest pathway to the<br />

region of interest should be selected, with consideration given to regional neurovascular<br />

structures. The transducer is aligned in the same longitudinal plane as the needle. The<br />

needle can be attached directly to the transducer or held freehand. Either way, the<br />

needle is visualized throughout the procedure. Slight to-and-fro movement or injection of<br />

a small amount of sterile saline or air may be beneficial in visualizing the needle. In cases<br />

of biopsy, focal areas of vascularity indicate viable tissue for pathologic examination.


K. Specifications for an Ultrasound Examination for Detecting<br />

Foreign Bodies<br />

Most foreign bodies are associated with an acoustic shadow or comet tail artifact. Foreign<br />

bodies also commonly have a surrounding soft tissue reaction. Once a foreign body is<br />

detected, ultrasound can be used to demonstrate its relationship to adjacent structures.<br />

In addition to a high-frequency linear array transducer, detection of foreign bodies in<br />

superficial subcutaneous tissues may require a standoff pad. Color and power Doppler<br />

imaging may be useful in detecting the tissue reaction that often surrounds a soft foreign<br />

body. When available, 3-dimensional imaging may be useful for localization.<br />

VII. Documentation<br />

Adequate documentation is essential for high-quality patient care. There should be a<br />

permanent record of the ultrasound examination and its interpretation. Images of all<br />

appropriate areas, both normal and abnormal, should be recorded. Variations from<br />

normal size should be accompanied by measurements. Images should be labeled with<br />

the patient identification, facility identification, examination date, and side (right or left) of<br />

the anatomic site imaged. An official interpretation (final report) of the ultrasound findings<br />

should be included in the patient’s medical record. Retention of the ultrasound<br />

examination should be consistent both with clinical needs and with relevant legal and<br />

local health care facility requirements. Reporting should be in accordance with the AIUM<br />

Practice Guideline for Documentation of an Ultrasound Examination.


NEONATAL SPINE (AIUM)<br />

http://www.aium.org/resources/guidelines/neonatalSpine.pdf<br />

Indications/Contraindications<br />

A. Indications<br />

The indications for sonography of the neonatal spinal canal and its contents include but<br />

are not limited to:<br />

1. Lumbosacral stigmata known to be associated with spinal dysraphism, including but<br />

not limited to:<br />

a. Midline or paramedian masses;<br />

b. Skin discolorations;<br />

c. Skin tags;<br />

d. Hair tufts;<br />

e. Hemangiomas;<br />

f. Pinpoint midline dimples; and<br />

g. Paramedian deep dimples;<br />

2. The spectrum of caudal regression syndrome, including patients with sacral agenesis<br />

and patients with anal atresia or stenosis;<br />

3. Evaluation of suspected defects such as cord tethering, diastematomyelia,<br />

hydromyelia,<br />

and syringomyelia;<br />

4. Detection of sequelae of injury, such as:<br />

a. Hematoma after spinal tap or birth injury;<br />

b. Sequelae of prior instrumentation, infection, or hemorrhage; and<br />

c. Posttraumatic leakage of cerebrospinal fluid (CSF);<br />

5. Visualization of fluid with characteristics of blood products within the spinal canal in<br />

patients with intracranial hemorrhage;<br />

6. Guidance for lumbar puncture9; and<br />

7. Postoperative assessment for cord retethering.<br />

Infants with simple, low-lying sacrococcygeal dimples typically have normal spinal<br />

contents; for them, the examination has a low diagnostic yield. On the other hand,<br />

atypical dimples, such as those larger than 5 mm, located greater than 2.5 cm above the<br />

anus, or seen in combination with other lesions, are at higher risk of occult spinal<br />

dysraphism.3 A sacral dimple or congenital sinus that is leaking CSF will need further<br />

assessment with magnetic resonance imaging, and sonography is therefore not a<br />

mandatory first examination in this circumstance.<br />

B. Contraindications<br />

1. Preoperative examination in patients with open spinal dysraphism; and<br />

2. Examination of the contents of a closed neural tube defect if the skin overlying the<br />

defect is thin or no longer intact.<br />

V. Specifications of the Examination<br />

The examination should be performed with the infant lying in the prone position, although<br />

the study can also be done with the patient lying on his or her side when necessary. A<br />

small bolster, such as a rolled blanket, may be placed under the lower abdomen/pelvis to<br />

help position the patient. The knees may be flexed to the abdomen to allow adequate<br />

spacing of the spinous processes and visualization of the spinal canal contents. An infant<br />

who has recently been fed will generally lie quietly during the examination. If feeding is<br />

not possible, a pacifier dipped in glucose solution will often be helpful in keeping an infant<br />

still for an optimal examination. It is important to note that infants, particularly if not full


term, have difficulty maintaining normal body temperature. Therefore, the examination<br />

should be performed in a warm room, and the coupling agent should be warmed.<br />

The cord should be assessed in the longitudinal and transverse planes, with right and left<br />

labeled on transverse images. The examination may be limited to the lumbosacral region<br />

in specific cases, such as in patients being evaluated for a sacrococcygeal dimple or in<br />

those patients being scanned to look for the presence of hematoma after an unsuccessful<br />

or traumatic spinal tap. The entire spinal canal, from the craniocervical junction to the<br />

coccyx, may be included in appropriately selected cases.<br />

The normal cord morphologic characteristics and the level of termination of the conus<br />

should be assessed and documented. To do this, the vertebral body levels need to be<br />

accurately identified and numbered. Once the vertebral bodies are clearly numbered, the<br />

level of termination of the conus can be determined. In normal patients, the conus should<br />

lie at or above the L2 to L3 disk space In fetuses and extremely preterm neonates, the<br />

normal conus medullaris may be caudal to the superior endplate of L3.14 In a preterm<br />

neonate with a conus that terminates at the L3 midvertebral body, a follow-up sonogram<br />

after age correction of 40 weeks’ gestation but before age correction of 6 months is<br />

warranted.8 The level of termination of the conus and its configuration should be<br />

documented, as well as any deviations from normal.<br />

The vertebral level can be determined in a number of ways. These include:<br />

1. After assessment of the normal lumbosacral curvature to locate the last lumbar<br />

vertebra or L5, the vertebral level of the conus is determined by counting the<br />

cephalad. This method tends to be more reproducible than the other methods<br />

described below, which rely on counting the number of rib-bearing vertebrae or<br />

the number of ossified sacral and coccygeal segments and can lead to less<br />

reliable results.<br />

2. The first coccygeal segment has variable ossification at birth but, if ossified, can<br />

be distinguished by its more rounded shape compared with the square or<br />

rectangular shape of the sacral bodies. Counting cephalad from S1 again can<br />

help determine the vertebral level of the conus.<br />

3. The last rib-bearing vertebra can be presumed to be T12, and the sequential<br />

lumbar level can be thus determined.<br />

4. When the level of the conus cannot be definitively assessed as normal or<br />

abnormal, correlation with previous plain radiographs, if available, is helpful. A<br />

radiopaque marker can be placed on the skin at the level of the conus under<br />

sonographic guidance, followed by and correlated with a spine radiograph.<br />

The level of termination of the cord is important in assessment of tethering. The cord<br />

position within the spinal canal and motion of cord and nerve roots are also helpful<br />

parameters in assessment for cord tethering. The normal position of the cord within the<br />

spinal canal, and deviation from normal, such as apposition to the dorsal aspect of the<br />

spinal canal as seen in tethering, should be documented. Cine evaluation can be helpful<br />

both in depicting anatomy and in showing movement of the distal cord and nerve roots in<br />

conjunction with cardiac-related pulsations of the spinal CSF. M-mode imaging can also<br />

be very helpful in documenting motion of the cord and nerve roots. The normal nerve<br />

roots pulsate freely with cardiac and respiratory motion, layer dependently with variable<br />

patient positioning, and are not adherent to each other. Cine evaluation can also<br />

document changes that occur with head flexion and extension.<br />

A standoff pad or a thick layer of coupling gel may be used, if needed, to follow a tract<br />

from the skin surface.<br />

The integrity of the cord should be documented. Areas of abnormal fluid accumulation,<br />

such as hydromyelia or syringomyelia, anterior, lateral, or posterior meningoceles or


pseudomeningoceles, or arachnoid cysts, should be documented and their level<br />

identified. Transverse images are essential to identify and document diastematomyelia,<br />

with off-center scanning to avoid the potential pitfall of a reverberation artifact creating a<br />

lateral duplication or ghost image The subarachnoid space should be evaluated for a<br />

normal anechoic appearance, interrupted by normal hyperechoic linear nerve roots and<br />

dentate ligaments. The subarachnoid space, dura, and epidural space should be<br />

evaluated, and abnormalities such as hematoma, lipoma, and other masses should be<br />

documented.<br />

In addition to the termination of the conus, the termination of the thecal sac, typically<br />

located at S2, should be documented. The normal filum measures less than 2 mm in<br />

thickness. If the filum is abnormally hyperechoic or appears thickened, it should be<br />

measured and documented. The nerve roots of the cauda equina should be delineated<br />

within the thecal sac. In cases of failed lumbar puncture, additional imaging with the child<br />

supported in a seated position, bending forward, may be useful to allow gravity to distend<br />

the lower thecal sac with CSF. Meningoceles or pseudomeningoceles in some patients.<br />

Anterior meningoceles or presacral masses should also be scanned from an anterior<br />

position.<br />

The vertebral bodies and posterior elements should be evaluated for deformities.<br />

Dysraphic defects with open posterior elements should be documented on transverse<br />

views.<br />

VI. Documentation<br />

Adequate documentation is essential for high-quality patient care. There should be a<br />

permanent record of the ultrasound examination and its interpretation. Images of all<br />

appropriate areas, both normal and abnormal, should be recorded. Variations from<br />

normal size should be accompanied by measurements. Images should be labeled with<br />

the patient identification, facility identification, examination date, and side (right or left) of<br />

the anatomic site imaged.<br />

An official interpretation (final report) of the ultrasound findings should be included in the<br />

patient’s medical record. Retention of the ultrasound examination should be consistent<br />

both with clinical needs and with relevant legal and local health care facility requirements.<br />

Reporting should be in accordance with the AIUM Practice Guideline for Documentation<br />

of an Ultrasound Examination.<br />

VII. Equipment Specifications<br />

Sonography of the infant spine should be performed with real-time scanners using<br />

highfrequency linear array transducers, typically 7 to 10 MHz or higher in neonates.19<br />

When possible, panoramic views of the entire spinal canal are very helpful in providing an<br />

overview of the anatomy and termination of the cord and thecal sac. Images of the<br />

craniocervical junction may need to be obtained with a small vector or tightly curved array<br />

transducer.


Neurosonography (AIUM)<br />

http://www.aium.org/resources/guidelines/neurosonography.pdf<br />

Indications/Contraindications<br />

Indications for neurosonography in preterm and term neonates and infants<br />

include but are not limited to the<br />

following:<br />

1. To screen for hemorrhage or parenchymal abnormalities in<br />

preterm infants;<br />

2. To evaluate for hemorrhage;<br />

3. To evaluate for hydrocephalus;<br />

4. To evaluate for the presence of vascular abnormalities;<br />

5. To evaluate for possible or suspected hypoxic ischemic<br />

encephalopathy;<br />

6. To evaluate for the presence of congenital malformations;<br />

7. To evaluate patients with signs and/or symptoms of central<br />

nervous system<br />

disorders, eg, seizures and facial malformations;<br />

8. For follow-up or surveillance of previously documented<br />

abnormalities,<br />

including prenatal abnormalities;<br />

9. For screening before surgical procedures.<br />

There are no contraindications to neurosonography.<br />

Specifications of the Examination<br />

Standard Imaging Examination of the Neonate and Infant<br />

The coronal view, by convention, should have the patient’s right side on<br />

the left side of the image. The right or left side of the patient should be<br />

clearly annotated on the images.<br />

Representative coronal views angling from anterior to posterior are<br />

performed through the anterior fontanelle and should include, sequentially:<br />

1. The frontal lobe and frontal horns of the lateral ventricles;<br />

2. The septum pellucidum, corpus callosum, and portions of the<br />

frontal, parietal,<br />

and temporal lobes;<br />

3. The caudothalamic groove and basal ganglia;<br />

4. The bodies of the lateral ventricles; and<br />

5. The posterior portions of the temporal lobes, occipital lobes,<br />

fourth ventricle,<br />

cerebellum, and cisterna magna.


The transducer may be tilted from side to side to image as much of the<br />

superficial peripheral surfaces of the cerebral hemispheres as possible.<br />

The frequency of the transducer should be selected to ensure that the<br />

superficial and deep structures are well depicted. This may necessitate<br />

using more than 1 frequency setting, a linear transducer, or a standoff pad<br />

to aid in imaging of the superior sagittal sinus and superficial central<br />

cerebral structures.<br />

The sagittal view, by convention, should place the anterior aspect of the<br />

brain on the left side of the image. The right side, midline, or left side<br />

should be clearly annotated. Sequential representative sagittal views are<br />

obtained with appropriate degrees of left and right transducer angulation.<br />

On each side, these views should include the caudothalamic groove, the<br />

lateral ventricle with demonstration of the occipital horn and its choroid<br />

plexus, the periventricular white matter, the sylvian fissure, and the middle<br />

cerebral artery branches (angiographic sylvian triangle equivalent). A<br />

midline sagittal view should include the corpus callosum, the cavum<br />

septum pellucidum and cavum vergae extension (if present), the third<br />

ventricle, the area of the aqueduct of Sylvius, the fourth ventricle, the<br />

vermis of the cerebellum, and the cisterna magna.<br />

Additional views, if necessary, may be taken through the posterior or<br />

mastoid fontanelles, the foramen magnum, any open suture, or thin areas<br />

of the temporoparietal bone. The transtemporal approach may also be<br />

used to visualize the circle of Willis and its major branches. Cine loop<br />

software, when available, can be useful in demonstrating real-time<br />

information.<br />

When clinically indicated, spectral, color, and/or power Doppler imaging<br />

may be useful for evaluating vascular structures through any fontanelle or<br />

via the transcranial technique.<br />

Documentation<br />

Adequate documentation is essential for high-quality patient care. There<br />

should be a permanent record of the ultrasound examination and its<br />

interpretation. Images of all appropriate areas, both normal and abnormal,<br />

should be recorded. Variations from normal size should be accompanied<br />

by measurements. Images should be labeled with the patient<br />

identification, facility identification, examination date, and side (right or left)<br />

of the anatomic site imaged. An official interpretation (final report) of the<br />

ultrasound findings should be included in the patient’s medical record.<br />

Retention of the ultrasound examination should be consistent both with<br />

clinical needs and with relevant legal and local health care facility<br />

requirements.


<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>: Neonatal Head (Simulation)<br />

‣ Use warm gel and keep the baby warm<br />

‣ Use VERY gentle scanning pressure…do not push!<br />

‣ Coronal scan plane survey<br />

‣ Sagittal scan plane survey<br />

Coronal at Anterior Fontanelle<br />

Frontal lobes and orbital roof<br />

Anterior horns<br />

Third ventricle and mid lateral ventricles<br />

Trigone/Atria of the lateral ventricles<br />

Occipital region/lobe<br />

Additional images may be required for specific pathology<br />

Sagittal at Anterior Fontanelle<br />

Right Midline<br />

Right Parasagittal Caudothalamic Groove<br />

Right Tangential Parasagittal with Sylvian Fissure<br />

Left Midline<br />

Left Parasagittal Caudothalamic Groove<br />

Left Tangential Parasagittal with Sylvian Fissure<br />

Additional images may be required for specific pathology


AIUM Practice Guideline for the Performance of an<br />

Ultrasound Examination of the Extracranial Cerebrovascular<br />

System<br />

© 2011 by the American Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine<br />

http://aium.org/resources/guidelines/extracranial.pdf (refer to this website for the<br />

complete document)<br />

Extracranial Cerebrovascular Ultrasound<br />

Indications<br />

Indications for an ultrasound examination of the extracranial carotid and vertebral arteries<br />

include but are not limited to:<br />

Evaluation of patients with hemispheric neurologic symptoms, including stroke,<br />

transient<br />

ischemic attack, and amaurosis fugax<br />

Evaluation of patients with a cervical bruit;<br />

Evaluation of pulsatile neck masses;<br />

Preoperative evaluation of patients scheduled for major cardiovascular surgical<br />

procedures;<br />

Evaluation of nonhemispheric or unexplained neurologic symptoms;<br />

Follow-up of patients with proven carotid disease;<br />

Evaluation of postoperative patients after cerebrovascular revascularization,<br />

including<br />

carotid endarterectomy, stenting, or carotid-to-subclavian bypass;<br />

Intraoperative monitoring of vascular surgery;<br />

Evaluation of suspected subclavian steal syndrome;<br />

Evaluation for suspected carotid artery dissection, arteriovenous fistula, or<br />

pseudoaneurysm; and<br />

Patients with carotid reconstruction after extracorporeal membrane oxygenation<br />

bypass.<br />

Specifications of the Examination<br />

A. Technique<br />

Extracranial cerebrovascular ultrasound evaluation consists of assessment of the<br />

accessible portions of the common and internal carotid arteries and basic assessment of<br />

the external carotid and vertebral arteries. All arteries should be scanned using<br />

appropriate gray scale and Doppler techniques and proper patient positioning. Gray<br />

scale imaging of the common carotid artery, its bifurcation, and both the internal and<br />

external carotid arteries should be<br />

performed in longitudinal and transverse planes. The internal carotid and common carotid<br />

arteries should be imaged as completely as possible with caudad angulation of the<br />

transducer in the supraclavicular area and cephalad angulation at the level of the<br />

mandible. Color Doppler imaging should be used to detect areas of narrowing and<br />

abnormal flow to select areas for Doppler spectral analysis. Color Doppler imaging<br />

should also be used to clarify the cause of image/pulsed Doppler mismatches and to<br />

detect narrow flow channels seen in high-grade (near-occlusive) stenoses.8 Power<br />

Doppler evaluation may be helpful to search for a narrow channel of residual flow in<br />

suspected occlusion or near occlusion.


Spectral Doppler imaging with angle-corrected blood-flow velocity measurements should<br />

be obtained at representative sites in the vessels. Additionally, scanning in areas of<br />

stenosis or suspected stenosis must be adequate to determine the maximal peak systolic<br />

velocity associated with the stenosis and to document disturbances in the waveform<br />

distal to the stenosis. Consistent angle correction is essential for determining blood flow<br />

velocity. All angle-corrected spectral Doppler waveforms must be obtained from<br />

longitudinal images.<br />

Angle correction should be applied in a consistent manner for all measurements (typically<br />

either parallel to the vessel wall or in line with the color lumen but not both). The angle<br />

between the direction of flowing blood and the applied Doppler ultrasound signal (angle<br />

[theta], the Doppler angle) should not exceed 60°. The reliability of velocity<br />

measurements decreases significantly at angles greater than 60°, and the use of velocity<br />

measurements obtained at angles greater than 60° is discouraged. Deviations from the<br />

protocol may be unavoidable (eg, with a very tortuous vessel) but should be minimized.<br />

Gain should be appropriate for the vessel scanned (undergaining or overgaining may<br />

affect velocity measurements).<br />

B. Recording<br />

1. Gray Scale Images—At a minimum, for each normal side evaluated, gray scale images<br />

must be obtained at each of the following levels:<br />

a. Long axis, common carotid artery;<br />

b. Long axis, at the carotid artery bifurcation;<br />

c. Long axis, internal carotid artery; and<br />

d. Short axis, proximal internal carotid artery.<br />

If abnormalities are found, additional images must be recorded:<br />

a. If atherosclerotic plaques are present, their extent, location, and characteristics<br />

should be documented with gray scale imaging in both the longitudinal and<br />

transverse<br />

planes.<br />

b. Other vascular or significant perivascular abnormalities should be<br />

documented.<br />

2. Color Doppler Images—Color images may be recorded using appropriate color<br />

technique<br />

to show filling of the normal lumen and/or flow disturbances associated with stenoses. In<br />

cases of occlusion, a color and/or power Doppler image of the abnormal vessel should be<br />

obtained to confirm that it is occluded.<br />

3. Spectral Doppler Images—For each normal side evaluated, spectral Doppler<br />

waveforms<br />

and maximal peak systolic velocities must be recorded at each of the following levels:<br />

a. Proximal common carotid artery;<br />

b. Mid or distal common carotid artery (generally 2–3 cm below the bifurcation);<br />

c. Proximal internal carotid artery;<br />

d. Distal internal carotid artery;<br />

e. Proximal external carotid artery; and<br />

f. Vertebral artery (in neck or near origin).<br />

If significant stenosis is found or suspected, additional images must be recorded and the<br />

location<br />

of the stenosis determined:


a. At the site of maximum velocity due to the stenosis; and<br />

b. Distal to the site of maximal velocity to document the presence or absence of<br />

disturbed flow.<br />

Diastolic velocities and velocity ratios may also be calculated as warranted depending on<br />

the<br />

laboratory interpretation criteria.<br />

The peak systolic velocity and flow direction in each of the vertebral arteries should be<br />

recorded.<br />

Stents require additional images. Indwelling stents should be sampled within, proximal,<br />

and<br />

distal to each stent, and the site of highest velocity should be determined and recorded.<br />

Interpretation<br />

The interpretation of cerebrovascular ultrasound images requires careful attention to<br />

protocol<br />

and interpretation criteria.<br />

1. Each laboratory must have interpretation criteria that are used by all members of<br />

the<br />

technical and physician staff.<br />

2. Diagnostic criteria must be derived from the literature from internal validation<br />

based<br />

on correlation with other imaging modalities or from surgical and/or pathologic<br />

correlation.<br />

3. The report must indicate internal carotid artery stenosis categories that are<br />

clinically<br />

useful and nationally accepted. Stenosis of greater than 50% should be graded as<br />

a<br />

range (eg, 50%–69% or 70% to near occlusion) or a numeric grade (eg, 60% ±<br />

10%)<br />

to provide adequate information for clinical decision making. Numerous factors<br />

affect<br />

interpretation criteria (eg, contralateral severe disease or occlusion and ipsilateral<br />

near<br />

occlusion).<br />

4. The report must indicate the vertebral artery flow direction and should indicate<br />

an<br />

abnormal waveform shape.<br />

5. The report may indicate plaque characterization depending on the laboratory<br />

interpretation<br />

criteria.<br />

6. The report should indicate other significant nonvascular abnormalities.<br />

7. The criteria for common and external carotid artery stenosis differ from internal<br />

carotid artery criteria.<br />

8. Stents require different criteria than native vessels.<br />

When available, modalities, parameters, and tests other than duplex ultrasound<br />

imaging may<br />

add valuable information to the cerebrovascular Doppler ultrasound examination.<br />

Documentation<br />

Adequate documentation is essential for high-quality patient care. There should be a<br />

permanent record of the ultrasound examination and its interpretation. Images of all<br />

appropriate areas, both normal and abnormal, should be recorded. Variations from<br />

normal size should be accompanied by measurements. Images should be labeled with


the patient identification, facility identification, examination date, and side (right or left) of<br />

the anatomic site imaged.<br />

An official interpretation (final report) of the ultrasound findings should be included in the<br />

patient’s medical record. Retention of the ultrasound examination should be consistent<br />

both with clinical needs and with relevant legal and local health care facility requirements.<br />

Practice Guideline for the Performance of Peripheral Arterial<br />

Ultrasound Examinations<br />

© 2010 by the American Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine<br />

Indications<br />

The indications for peripheral arterial ultrasound examination include but are not limited<br />

to:<br />

1. The detection of hemodynamically significant stenoses or occlusions in<br />

specified segment(s) of the peripheral arteries in symptomatic patients with<br />

suspected arterial occlusive disease. These patients could present with<br />

recognized clinical indicators,<br />

including claudication, rest pain, ischemic tissue loss, and suspected arterial<br />

embolizations.<br />

2. The monitoring of sites of previous surgical interventions, including sites of<br />

previous bypass surgery with either synthetic or autologous vein grafts.<br />

3. The monitoring of sites of various percutaneous interventions, including<br />

angioplasty, thrombolysis/ thrombectomy, atherectomy, and stent placements.<br />

4. The evaluation of suspected vascular and perivascular abnormalities, including<br />

such entities as masses, aneurysms, pseudoaneurysms, and arteriovenous<br />

fistulas.<br />

5. Mapping of arteries before surgical interventions.<br />

6. Clarifying or confirming the presence of significant arterial abnormalities<br />

identified by other imaging modalities.<br />

Additional uses of Doppler ultrasound can include preoperative mapping for dialysis<br />

access and postoperative follow-up<br />

Specifications of the Examination<br />

The initial examination for determining the presence of arterial occlusive disease remains<br />

the determination of blood pressures in the extremities being studied. Blood pressure<br />

measurement at different levels should be reported as a ratio (eg, ankle/brachial index)<br />

where appropriate. The sonographic examination consists of gray scale imaging and the<br />

evaluation of the spectral Doppler waveforms in the corresponding arterial segments.<br />

Color Doppler ultrasound should be used to improve detection of arterial lesions and<br />

guide placement of the sample volume for spectral Doppler assessment.<br />

Appropriate Techniques and Diagnostic Criteria<br />

Specific sonographic techniques must be tailored to the different arterial segments<br />

studied and to the specific pathology being evaluated. Established imaging, Doppler, and<br />

pressure criteria may be used to identify arterial stenoses and occlusions, identify graft


abnormalities, detect abnormal arteriovenous communications, and evaluate suspected<br />

soft tissue abnormalities in proximity to an artery.<br />

Arterial Occlusive Disease<br />

For arterial occlusive disease, the following general considerations apply. The full length of<br />

the arterial segment(s) of interest should be evaluated with color Doppler ultrasound.<br />

Suspected abnormalities should also be imaged with gray scale ultrasound.<br />

Representative spectral Doppler waveforms with velocity measurements should be<br />

obtained and documented along the length of the arterial segment(s) and at any area of<br />

color or gray scale abnormality. A spectral Doppler waveform with velocity measurements<br />

in the arterial segment 2 to 4 cm proximal to (upstream of) any stenosis should be<br />

documented. The location and the length of any diseased or nonvisualized segment(s)<br />

should also be documented. Every attempt should be made to acquire spectral Doppler<br />

waveforms with velocity measurements with the angle between the direction of moving<br />

blood and the direction of the ultrasound beam kept at less than or equal to 60°. Velocity<br />

estimates made with larger angles are less reliable.<br />

An evaluation of the following arterial segments should generally be performed as<br />

indicated below. However, a focused or limited examination may be appropriate in certain<br />

clinical situations. At a minimum, an angle-corrected spectral Doppler waveform with<br />

velocity measurements should be obtained from the following sites:<br />

1.Lower extremity:<br />

a.Common femoral artery;<br />

b.Proximal superficial femoral artery;<br />

c.Mid superficial femoral artery;<br />

d.Distal superficial femoral artery;<br />

e. Popliteal artery.<br />

If clinically appropriate, imaging of the iliac, deep femoral, tibioperoneal, and dorsalis pedis<br />

arteries can be performed.<br />

2. Upper extremity:<br />

a. Subclavian artery;<br />

b. Axillary artery;<br />

c. Brachial artery.<br />

If clinically appropriate, imaging of the innominate, radial, and ulnar arteries and/or the<br />

palmar arch can be performed.<br />

Evaluation of Surgical and Percutaneous Interventions<br />

1.Bypass grafts: An attempt should be made to sample the full length of any<br />

bypass graft whenever possible with color Doppler ultrasound. Suspected<br />

abnormalities should also be imaged with gray scale ultrasound. Spectral<br />

Doppler waveforms and velocity measurements should be documented in the<br />

native artery proximal to the graft anastomosis, at the proximal anastomosis, at<br />

representative sites along the graft, at the distal anastomosis, and in the native<br />

artery distal to the anastomosis. Angle-corrected spectral Doppler waveforms<br />

and velocity measurements should also be obtained in regions of suspected flow<br />

abnormalities noted on gray scale or color Doppler imaging.<br />

2.Sites having undergone percutaneous interventions: An attempt should be<br />

made to sample the site of selective arterial interventions as well as the segment<br />

immediately proximal (upstream) and distal (downstream) to the site of<br />

intervention. Spectral Doppler<br />

waveforms and velocity measurements should be documented.


Other<br />

1. Suspected soft tissue abnormalities in proximity to arteries: The entire area of<br />

a suspected soft tissue abnormality should be imaged. If appropriate, spectral<br />

and color<br />

Doppler examinations may be performed to determine the presence and nature<br />

of blood flow in the region of the suspected abnormality.<br />

2. Pseudoaneurysms: The size of the pseudoaneurysm, the residual lumen, and<br />

the length and width of the communicating channel should be documented.<br />

Spectral Doppler waveforms should be obtained in the communicating channel to<br />

demonstrate “to-andfro”<br />

flow. In cases of therapeutic intervention, color and/or spectral Doppler<br />

ultrasound may be used as a guide to therapy and as a means of documenting<br />

therapeutic success.<br />

3.Abnormal communication between artery and vein: Color and spectral color<br />

Doppler ultrasound may be used to document the location of abnormal vascular<br />

communications. Angle-corrected spectral Doppler waveforms should be<br />

documented from within vessels<br />

proximal to, in the area of, and distal to abnormal communications. Color Doppler<br />

ultrasound is particularly useful for identifying the level of such communications<br />

and resultant transmitted soft tissue vibrations secondary to the flow<br />

disturbances produced by abnormal vascular communications.<br />

Documentation<br />

Adequate documentation is essential for high-quality patient care. There should be a<br />

permanent record of the ultrasound examination and its interpretation. Images of all<br />

appropriate areas, both normal and abnormal, should be recorded. Variations from<br />

normal size should be accompanied by measurements. Images should be labeled with<br />

the patient identification, facility identification,<br />

examination date, and side (right or left) of the anatomic site imaged. An official<br />

interpretation (final report) of the ultrasound findings should be included in the patient’s<br />

medical record. Retention of the ultrasound examination should be consistent both with<br />

clinical needs and with relevant legal and local health care facility requirements.<br />

Reporting should be in accordance with the AIUM Practice Guideline for Documentation<br />

of an Ultrasound Examination.<br />

Practice Guideline for the Performance of Peripheral Venous<br />

Ultrasound Examinations<br />

© 2010 by the American Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine<br />

Guideline developed in collaboration with the American <strong>College</strong> of Radiology and the<br />

Society of Radiologists in Ultrasound.<br />

Indications<br />

The indications for peripheral venous ultrasound examinations include but are not limited<br />

to:<br />

1. Evaluation of possible venous thromboembolic disease or venous obstruction<br />

in symptomatic or high-risk asymptomatic individuals.<br />

2. Assessment of venous insufficiency, reflux, and varicosities.<br />

3. Assessment of dialysis access.


4. Venous mapping before surgical<br />

5. Evaluation of veins before venous access.<br />

6. Follow-up for patients with known venous thrombosis near the anticipated end<br />

of anticoagulation to determine if residual venous thrombosis is present.<br />

Specifications of the Examination<br />

The requesting health care provider should be encouraged to provide the pretest<br />

probability of acute deep venous thrombosis and/or the results of a D-dimer assay if<br />

known.<br />

Note: The words proximal and distal refer to the relative distance from the attached end<br />

of the limb, per Gray’s Anatomy. For example, the proximal femoral vein is closer to the<br />

hip, and the distal femoral vein is closer to the knee. The longitudinal or long axis is<br />

parallel to or along the<br />

length of the vein. The transverse or short axis is perpendicular to the long axis of the<br />

vein.<br />

Venous Thromboembolic Disease: Lower Extremity<br />

1. Technique<br />

a. Compression ultrasound: The fullest visualized extent of the common<br />

femoral, femoral (formerly known as the superficial femoral), and<br />

popliteal veins must be imaged using an optimal gray scale compression<br />

technique. The popliteal vein is examined distally to the tibioperoneal<br />

trunk. The proximal deep femoral and proximal great saphenous veins<br />

should also be examined. Venous compression is applied in the<br />

transverse plane with<br />

adequate pressure on the skin to completely obliterate the normal vein<br />

lumen. Focal symptoms will generally require evaluation of those areas.<br />

b. At a minimum (even if the examination is otherwise unilateral), right<br />

and left common femoral or right and left external iliac venous spectral<br />

Doppler waveforms should be recorded to evaluate for asymmetry or<br />

loss of respiratory phasicity. A popliteal venous spectral Doppler<br />

waveform of the symptomatic leg should also be obtained. All spectral<br />

Doppler waveforms should be obtained from the long axis.<br />

c. Color or spectral Doppler evaluation can be used to support the<br />

presence or absence of an abnormality.<br />

2. Recording<br />

a. For normal examinations, at a minimum:<br />

i. Gray scale images should be recorded without and with<br />

compression at each of the following levels:<br />

a. Common femoral vein;<br />

b. Junction of the common femoral vein with the great<br />

saphenous vein;<br />

c. Proximal deep femoral vein;<br />

d. Proximal femoral vein;<br />

e. Distal femoral vein;<br />

f. Popliteal vein.<br />

ii. Spectral Doppler waveforms from the long axis should be<br />

recorded at each of the following levels:<br />

a. Right common femoral or external iliac vein;<br />

b. Left common femoral or external iliac vein;<br />

c. Popliteal vein on symptomatic side or on both sides if<br />

there are bilateral symptoms.<br />

b. Abnormal findings generally require additional images to document the<br />

complete extent of the abnormalities:


i. Symptomatic areas such as the calf generally require<br />

additional evaluation and additional images if the cause of the<br />

symptoms is not readily elucidated by the standard examination.<br />

ii. The extent and location of sites where the veins fail to<br />

compress completely should be clearly recorded and generally<br />

require additional images. Long-axis views without compression<br />

may be helpful to characterize the abnormal vein.<br />

c. The patient presentation, clinical indication, or clinical management<br />

pathways may require protocol adjustments such as more detailed<br />

evaluation of the superficial venous system, evaluation of the deep calf<br />

veins, or a bilateral study.<br />

d. Other vascular and nonvascular abnormalities, if found, should be<br />

recorded but may require additional imaging for diagnosis or further<br />

characterization. Anatomic variations such as duplications should be<br />

noted.<br />

Venous Insufficiency<br />

1. Technique<br />

a. When evaluating for venous insufficiency, the location and duration of<br />

reversed blood flow should be determined during the performance of accepted<br />

maneuvers.<br />

b. Duplex interrogation should be performed at as many levels as necessary to<br />

ensure a complete examination based on the clinical indications. Generally,<br />

veins in the superficial and deep systems should be evaluated.<br />

c. Augmentation with squeezing of the calf musculature should generally be<br />

used. The Valsalva maneuver may be used at the groin.<br />

d. The patient should be situated in the erect position for the detection or<br />

exclusion of reflux. The reverse Trendelenburg position can be used if erect<br />

scanning is not possible. The examined leg should be in a non–weight-bearing<br />

position. The patient should not be studied for reflux in the supine position.<br />

e. All spectral Doppler waveforms should be obtained from the long axis.<br />

2. Recording<br />

a. Recordings should document the extent and location of reflux. Varicosities and<br />

abnormal perforating veins should generally also be documented.<br />

b. Recording the size of dilated vessels may be helpful for clinical management.<br />

c. Anatomic variations such as hypoplastic or aplastic segments, significant<br />

accessory veins, or duplications should be noted.<br />

d. The patient presentation, clinical indication, or clinical management pathways<br />

may require protocol adjustments such as more detailed evaluation of the deep<br />

venous system or a bilateral study.<br />

e. Other vascular and nonvascular abnormalities, if found, should be recorded<br />

but may require additional imaging for diagnosis or further characterization.<br />

Venous Thromboembolic Disease: Upper Extremity<br />

1. Technique<br />

a. Upper extremity duplex evaluation consists of gray scale and Doppler<br />

assessment of all the accessible portions of the subclavian, innominate, internal<br />

jugular, and axillary veins, as well as compression gray scale ultrasound of the<br />

brachial, basilic, and cephalic veins in the upper arm to the elbow. All accessible<br />

veins should be scanned using optimal gray scale and Doppler techniques as<br />

well as appropriate positioning. Venous compression is applied to accessible<br />

veins in the transverse plane with adequate pressure on the skin to


completely obliterate the normal vein lumen.<br />

b. Symptomatic areas, such as the forearm, may require additional evaluation if<br />

the cause of the symptoms is not already elucidated by the standard<br />

examination.<br />

2. Recording<br />

a. For each normal examination, at a minimum:<br />

i. Gray scale images should be recorded without and with compression<br />

at each of the following levels:<br />

a. Internal jugular vein;<br />

b. Peripheral subclavian vein;<br />

c. Axillary vein;<br />

d. Brachial vein in the arm;<br />

e. Cephalic vein in the arm;<br />

f. Basilic vein in the arm;<br />

g. Focal symptomatic areas, if present.<br />

ii. Color images are recorded at each of the following levels using the<br />

appropriate color technique to show filling of the normal venous lumen:<br />

a. Internal jugular vein;<br />

b. Subclavian vein;<br />

c. Axillary vein;<br />

d. If seen, the innominate vein should be recorded with color Doppler imaging.<br />

iii. At a minimum (even if the examination is otherwise unilateral), the<br />

right and left subclavian venous spectral Doppler waveforms should be<br />

recorded to evaluate for asymmetry or loss of cardiovascular pulsatility<br />

and respiratory phasicity. All spectral Doppler should be obtained from<br />

the long axis:<br />

a. Right subclavian vein;<br />

b. Left subclavian vein (from the same location in the vein and in<br />

same patient position as the right one).<br />

b. Abnormal examinations generally require additional images.<br />

The extent and location of sites where the veins fail to compress<br />

or fill with color completely should be clearly recorded and<br />

generally require additional images. Long-axis views without<br />

compression may be helpful to characterize the abnormal vein.<br />

c. The patient presentation, clinical indication, or clinical<br />

management pathways may require protocol adjustments such<br />

as imaging the forearm veins or performing a bilateral study.<br />

d. Other vascular and nonvascular abnormalities, if found, should<br />

be recorded but may require additional imaging for diagnosis or<br />

further characterization.<br />

Vein Mapping<br />

Mapping of superficial leg or arm veins is performed to determine the patency, size,<br />

condition (such as calcification or thickening), and course of superficial veins to be used<br />

for vein grafts. The location of the vein may be marked on the skin overlying the veins.<br />

Tourniquets or other methods to accentuate the veins may be used based on the clinical<br />

indication (for instance, mapping before hemodialysis grafts or fistulas).


XXII. Ergonomics<br />

The following data is from: http://www.sdms.org/msi/default.asp<br />

Industry Standards for the Prevention of Work-Related<br />

Musculoskeletal Disorders in Sonography<br />

Work-related musculoskeletal disorders (WRMSDs) affect a large number of<br />

sonographers and sonologists, particularly those with heavy workloads and those who<br />

have been in the profession for a long time. Good ergonomic design must be an integral<br />

part of equipment design, and significantly influence purchasing decisions. The<br />

employer, manufacturer, user, and educational programs have the responsibility to<br />

prevent health and safety problems that cause WRMSDs.<br />

EQUIPMENT CONTROL MEASURES<br />

A. ULTRASOUND SYSTEM<br />

State-of-the-art equipment allows for optimal visualization which increases diagnostic<br />

accuracy and reduces sonographer/sinologist fatigue. These industry standards are<br />

specific to floor-standing models. Therefore, some recommendations may not apply to<br />

non-floor-standing models.<br />

‣ Fully adjustable equipment that suits the anthropometrics of the 5th to 95th<br />

percentile of the population and is specific to the demographic area of the users.<br />

‣ Easily accessible controls for achieving two-wheel, four-wheel, and braked<br />

positions Central locking is preferable.<br />

‣ Recording devices positioned to minimize the user’s reach to external devices;<br />

external devices should not interfere with adjustability of the system.<br />

‣ Footrest on the equipment designed to encourage neutral position of the ankle.<br />

‣ Transducer holder incorporates ease of access (unobstructed); should not be<br />

detrimental to the distance required to access controls; low force, minimal effort<br />

required for single-handed use.<br />

‣ Cables should not interfere with access to equipment or system interaction.<br />

‣ Port Connector permits ease of use, single-handed use, minimizing the user’s<br />

reach, force, and necessity of a pinch grip; does not interfere with access to<br />

equipment or system interaction.<br />

‣ System design such that transporting the equipment does not exceed 50 pounds<br />

of force for pushing or pulling by a single user on usual flooring surfaces.<br />

Otherwise, it is required that additional personnel are available to assist in moving<br />

the equipment.<br />

‣ Height-adjustable handles suitable for transporting the equipment.<br />

B. CONTROL PANEL<br />

‣ Height-adjustable, separate from the monitor with appropriate degree of tilt to<br />

allow for standing or seated user to achieve neutral posture of wrist and forearm.<br />

Independent movement of control panel allows users to work while maintaining<br />

their elbow at their side.<br />

‣ Optimized control layout to allow use by both right and left-handed users.<br />

‣ Size, shape, and spacing of controls designed according to occupational<br />

ergonomic guidelines. Font size and control layout are visually discernable,<br />

according to occupational ergonomic guidelines . The range of illumination<br />

permits clear identification of control functions at applicable user positions.<br />

‣ Entire system designed to be used in seated position without obstruction of<br />

legs/knees.


C. MONITORS<br />

‣ Incorporate features to minimize eye strain, such as:<br />

a. Reduced flicker<br />

b. Appropriate brightness and contrast levels<br />

c. Resolution<br />

d. Visual contrast<br />

‣ Height-adjustable, separate from the control panel with appropriate degree of tilt<br />

to enable standing or seated users to achieve neutral posture of their necks.<br />

‣ Single-handed movement of the monitor allows users to work while maintaining<br />

their neck in a forward, neutral position at a range of 18 - 30 inches.<br />

‣ System must support the ability to use an external monitor.<br />

D. TRANSDUCERS<br />

‣ Lightweight and balanced to minimize torque on the wrist, facilitate a palmar grip<br />

without an expanded stretch of the hand, and encourage a neutral wrist position.<br />

‣ Sized to support appropriate anthropometric data for the majority of users,<br />

encourage a palmar grip, and slip resistant.<br />

‣ Cables and cable management systems must be suitable in length to permit<br />

unrestricted use; and be of suitable length for intended applications.<br />

E. TABLE<br />

Industry standards #1-5 are considered essential when new or replacement tables are<br />

being purchased.<br />

‣ Height-adjustable, capable of being adjusted low enough to allow patients to get<br />

on and off easily unassisted, and to allow user to scan in a sitting or standing<br />

position while maintaining arm abduction of less than 30 degrees.3<br />

‣ Maneuverable, full wheel mobility, and wheel locks that are easily operated.<br />

‣ Open access from all sides to allow the users to place their knees and feet<br />

underneath, if needed. Table support structure and/or table mechanisms should<br />

not extend beyond the table top such that it prevents the user from minimizing<br />

reach and arm abduction.<br />

‣ For endovaginal scanning, suitable patient access and support such as<br />

adjustable footboard and stirrups.<br />

‣ For cardiac imaging, an easily operated, drop away or cut out section to allow<br />

unhindered access to the apical region while allowing the user’s wrist to remain<br />

supported and in a neutral position.<br />

‣ Ideally, electronic controls that are accessible and easy to use.<br />

‣ The following options may assist in reducing scan time by<br />

‣ improved patient positioning depending on the procedure:<br />

a. Trendelenberg and reverse Trendelenberg<br />

b. Fowler back (upright table back)<br />

c. Arm extension<br />

d. Central locks<br />

e. Patient restraints<br />

F. CHAIR<br />

‣ Height-adjustable with sufficient range to suit the majority of the users. Range of<br />

height adjustability optimizes positioning of less than 30 degrees abduction of the<br />

scanning arm and allows the forearm of the non-scanning arm to be<br />

approximately parallel to the floor.<br />

‣ Adjustable lumbar support, adjustable seat for thigh support, and an adjustable<br />

footrest. Seat design must encourage an upright posture.<br />

‣ Swivels to allow the user to rotate from the patient to the ultrasound system while<br />

maintaining an aligned posture.<br />

‣ Casters suitable to the type of flooring.


G. ACCESSORIES<br />

‣ Gel bottles should have large openings to reduce the strength needed to squeeze<br />

the bottle and of suitable diameter to avoid extended grip position.<br />

‣ Support devices available to all users for arm support in abduction.<br />

‣ When required, the patient chair (and/or table converted to sitting position) used<br />

for seated procedures (eg, shoulder ultrasound) should be fully adjustable, easy<br />

to rotate, lockable and armless, or with removable arms to achieve unobstructed<br />

access for proper ergonomics.<br />

‣ A transducer cable support device to allow users to reduce their grip by reducing<br />

the amount of torque on the wrist/forearm.<br />

‣ Properly fitting, textured exam gloves to reduce the force required to grip the<br />

transducer.<br />

II. ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROL MEASURES<br />

A. EMPLOYER<br />

1. Provide annual education to all users on the risk and prevention of<br />

musculoskeletal disorders.<br />

2. Perform risk assessments in consultation with the users on a regular basis to<br />

identify musculoskeletal disorders and formulate and implement controls for the<br />

prevention and/or reduction of these disorders.<br />

3. Provide a system to report and document acute or chronic musculoskeletal<br />

disorders per applicable regulations.<br />

4. Conduct risk assessments prior to the purchase of equipment.<br />

5. Maintain all equipment in good working order.<br />

B. WORKLOAD AND SCHEDULING<br />

1. Solicit user input on establishing protocols on examination scheduling.<br />

2. Provide adequate rest breaks between examinations particularly for procedures<br />

comprised of similar postural and muscular force attributes.<br />

3. Encourage task rotation in the workplace as much as possible.<br />

4. Establish maximum transducer time per hour. (Research to determine maximum safe<br />

transducer time is encouraged.)<br />

5. Minimize portable/bedside examinations.<br />

C. EXAMINATION AREA<br />

1. Dedicated examination area provides adequate space for the maneuverability<br />

of equipment around the exam table and allows<br />

easy access from all sides.<br />

2. Examination room doorway allows easy access for all wheelchairs, beds, and<br />

ultrasound equipment.<br />

3. Suitable flooring to allow easy movement of equipment.<br />

4. Adequate ventilation and temperature control to ensure the comfort of user<br />

and patient while enabling the equipment to operate at a functional temperature.<br />

5. Adjustable room lighting with easily accessible dimmer controls; shaded<br />

windows to eliminate light.<br />

6. Accessories that improve posture and reduce muscular force should be<br />

available and easily accessible to the user.<br />

7. All imaging supplies stored in the examination area and easily accessible.


III. PROFESSIONAL CONTROL MEASURES<br />

A. BEST PRACTICES<br />

It is recommended that sonographers, sonologists, and students follow<br />

current best practices to reduce the risk of developing musculoskeletal<br />

disorders. These best practices include:<br />

‣ Minimize sustained bending, twisting, reaching, lifting, pressure, and awkward<br />

postures; alternate sitting and standing and vary scanning techniques and<br />

transducer grips.<br />

‣ Adjust all equipment to suit user’s size and have accessories on hand before<br />

beginning to scan.<br />

‣ Use measures to reduce arm abduction and forward and backward reach to<br />

include: instructing the patient to move as close to the user as possible; adjust<br />

the table and chair; and use arm supports.<br />

‣ Relax muscles periodically throughout the day:<br />

‣ Stretch hand, wrist, shoulder muscles, and spine<br />

‣ Take mini breaks during the procedure<br />

‣ Take meal breaks separate from work-related tasks<br />

‣ Re-focus eyes onto distant objects<br />

‣ Vary procedures, tasks, and skills as much as reasonably possible<br />

‣ Use correct body mechanics when moving patients, wheelchairs, beds,<br />

stretchers, and ultrasound equipment.<br />

‣ Correct body mechanic guidelines are available from employers or regulatory<br />

bodies.<br />

‣ Report and document any persistent pain to employer and seek competent<br />

medical advice.<br />

‣ Maintain a good level of physical fitness in order to perform the demanding work<br />

tasks required.<br />

‣ Collaborate with employers on staffing solutions that allow sufficient time away<br />

from work.<br />

B. EDUCATION AND TRAINING<br />

Participate in education and training to reduce the risk of developing musculoskeletal<br />

disorders:<br />

a. Attend employer sponsored in-services<br />

b. Attend seminars, lectures, workshops, or conferences offered by professional<br />

organizations or manufacturers<br />

c. Access journals, textbooks, online resources, etc.<br />

d. Attend a formal sonography program that includes WRMSD prevention in the<br />

curriculum


ERGONOMIC GLOSSARY<br />

Anthropometrics: measured data of body dimensions for various populations.<br />

Demographic area: the characteristics of human populations and population segments,<br />

especially when used to identify consumer markets.<br />

Equipment: the ultrasound system without accessories.<br />

Mini breaks: breaks lasting a minute or two taken throughout the examination study to<br />

relax muscles that are put into spasm while scanning. These muscles include, but are not<br />

limited, to the neck, shoulder, wrist, and fingers.<br />

Pressure: force applied uniformly over a surface, measured as force per unit of area.<br />

The application of continuous force by one body on another that it is touching;<br />

compression.<br />

Sonographer: a professional who uses an ultrasound system to create images of<br />

structures inside the human body that are used by physicians to make a medical<br />

diagnosis.<br />

Sonologist: a physician who makes a medical diagnosis using ultrasound and who may<br />

also perform ultrasound procedures.<br />

Suitable Flooring: tile, linoleum or other hard surface (not carpeting).<br />

System: all the components of an ultrasound unit with accessories such as a printing<br />

device or VCR, or the entire workstation.<br />

Unit: a component of an ultrasound system.<br />

User: a professional who uses ultrasound to make diagnostic images in a medical<br />

setting.


XXIII. Appendices<br />

A. Hepatitis B & A Vaccine Notice & Status<br />

B. Remediation Plan and Outcome<br />

C. Academic Honesty Procedure<br />

D. <strong>Student</strong>’s Consent to Background Clearance and Drug Screening<br />

E. <strong>Student</strong> Acceptance Form<br />

F. Clinical Rotation Acknowledgement Form<br />

G. Clinical Orientation Forms


Appendix A:<br />

<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> Allied Health Division<br />

Hepatitis Notice<br />

Hepatitis is a term meaning "inflammation of the liver". There are four forms of the<br />

disease: Hepatitis A, Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, and Hepatitis D. They are all caused by<br />

viruses, but are very different. Hepatitis A, also known as infectious hepatitis, is the most<br />

common form of hepatitis.<br />

Hepatitis A virus is found in the human feces and is usually spread by eating something<br />

contaminated. Hepatitis C (HCV) accounts for a substantial portion of acute and chronic<br />

liver disease in the U.S. The primary modes of transmission of HCV are parenteral (blood<br />

transfusion, IV drug abuse, needlestick). Although not transmitted as efficiently as<br />

Hepatitis B, HCV can be transmitted sexually and perinatally. Hepatitis D infection only<br />

exists in the presence of HBV with the route of transmission similar to HBV. Fortunately,<br />

Hepatitis D is uncommon in the U.S.<br />

HEPATITIS B: (HBV) is a virus formerly known as serum hepatitis. HBV is a major<br />

cause of acute and chronic hepatitis, cirrhosis, and primary hepatocellular carcinoma. The<br />

virus can be found in an infected person's body fluids, including blood, semen, vaginal<br />

secretions, saliva, and urine. HBV is more dangerous than other viruses because the virus<br />

can survive for more than seven days in dried blood or on exposed surfaces, thus<br />

increases the chances for infection.<br />

Some HBV infections can be asymptomatic; however, symptoms of HBV may also include<br />

jaundice, anorexia, nausea, arthritis, rash, and fever. A screening test for Hepatitis B<br />

surface antibody to determine whether you are presently immune to Hepatitis B is<br />

available. That test is performed on drawn blood.<br />

Should it be determined that you are not immune to Hepatitis B, a vaccine is available<br />

which could decrease your chances of contracting Hepatitis B. Realize that as a student<br />

and future employee in a health occupation, you have an increased risk of contracting this<br />

serious illness.<br />

There are risks involved in performing the test to determine if you are immune to Hepatitis<br />

B. Those risks include, but are not necessarily limited to bleeding, injury from the needle to<br />

various structures surrounding the vein from which the blood is drawn, including injury to<br />

nerves, blood vessels, and surrounding tissue which could result in paralysis, paresthesia,<br />

or numbness and tingling, or formation of a blood clot which could dislodge and enter your<br />

blood stream causing severe injury or death.<br />

There are also risks attendant in receiving the vaccine against Hepatitis B, including but<br />

not necessarily limited to an adverse reaction to the vaccine which could cause anything<br />

from mild discomfort to severe injury or death caused by an anaphylactic or allergic<br />

reaction to the vaccine. In addition to all of the above, there are also unknown, rare,<br />

unpredictable and unanticipated complications which can possibly occur.<br />

A high percentage of healthy people who receive two doses of vaccine and a booster<br />

achieve high levels of surface antibody (anti-HB's) and protection against Hepatitis B.<br />

Persons with immune-system abnormalities, such as dialysis patients, have less response<br />

to the vaccine, but over half of those receiving it do develop antibodies. Full immunization<br />

requires three doses of vaccine over a six month period, although some persons may not<br />

develop immunity even after three doses. There is no evidence that the vaccine has ever<br />

caused Hepatitis B. However, persons who have been infected with HBV prior to receiving<br />

the vaccine may go on to develop clinical Hepatitis in spite of immunization.


The usual vaccine procedure consists of 3 doses. The first does is at the time you wish to<br />

start. The second dose is one month later. The third dose is six months after the first<br />

dose. The cost of these injections ranges from $120 to $180 for the three dose series.<br />

One month after the last dose has been completed, a follow-up HB surface antigen test to<br />

determine whether you have developed immunity is highly recommended. The vaccine is<br />

prepared from recombinant yeast cultures, free of associated human blood or blood<br />

products, thus cannot be infected with HIV or other bloodborne pathogens.<br />

It should be noted that a clinical facility has the right to refuse a student clinical tasks if the<br />

student has not been immunized - even if the student signs a waiver of liability.<br />

INFORMATION ABOUT HEPATITIS B VACCINE<br />

The Disease: Hepatitis B is a viral infection caused by the hepatitis B virus (HBV), which<br />

causes death in 1-2% of patients. Most people with hepatitis B recover completely, but<br />

approximately 5-10% become chronic carriers of the virus. Most of these people have no<br />

symptoms, but can continue to transmit the disease to others. Some may develop chronic<br />

active hepatitis and cirrhosis. HBV also appears to be causative factor in the development<br />

of liver cancer.<br />

The Vaccine: Hepatitis B vaccine is produced from the plasma of chronic HBV carriers.<br />

The vaccine consists of highly purified, formalin-inactivated hepatitis B antigen (viral<br />

coating material). It has been extensively tested for safety in chimpanzees and for safety<br />

and efficiency in large-scale clinical trials with human subjects. A high percentage of<br />

healthy people who receive two doses of vaccine and a booster achieve high levels of<br />

surface antibody (anti-HBs) and protection against Hepatitis B. Persons with immunesystem<br />

abnormalities, such as dialysis patients, have less response to the vaccine/but over<br />

half of those receiving it do develop antibodies. Full immunization requires three doses of<br />

vaccine over a six-month period, although some persons may not develop immunity even<br />

after three doses. There is no evidence that the vaccine has ever caused hepatitis B.<br />

However, persons who have been infected with HBV prior to receiving the vaccine may go<br />

on to develop clinical hepatitis in spite of immunization. The duration of immunity is<br />

unknown at this time.<br />

Possible Vaccine Side Effects: The incidence of side effects is very low. No serious<br />

side effects have been reported with the vaccine. A few persons experience tenderness<br />

and redness at the site of injection. Low-grade fever may occur. Rush, nausea, joint pain<br />

and mild fatigue have also been reported. The possibility exists that more serious side<br />

effects may be identified with more extensive use.


Instructions:<br />

<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> Allied Health Division<br />

Hepatitis B Vaccine Status<br />

A copy of your immunization record is to be included in your clinical<br />

notebook for examination by clinical personnel during your orientation process to each new<br />

clinical facility and the second copy is to be provided to the program director for filing in your<br />

personal file.<br />

I have received the Allied Health Department's communication concerning Hepatitis B. I<br />

understand that vaccination is indicated for me because of the possibility that I may be<br />

exposed to Hepatitis B in the course and scope of my clinical training and future employment.<br />

I have also been advised as to the potentially dangerous risks and consequences of my failure<br />

to be tested and receive the vaccination at this time.<br />

I have also been advised that a clinical facility has the right to refuse my student clinical<br />

assignment if I have not been immunized - even if I sign a waiver of liability.<br />

My signature below constitutes my acknowledgment:<br />

A. That the testing procedure and vaccination set forth has been adequately explained to<br />

me and that I have received all of the information I desire concerning such procedure<br />

and vaccination; and<br />

B. That I have read, understand and agreed to the testing and/or vaccination procedure<br />

indicated below.<br />

Check One:<br />

[ ] I plan to be tested to determine Hepatitis B immunity. If test results indicate immunity,<br />

I will provide verification, otherwise I plan to seek immunization through my private<br />

doctor or by a health care facility and I will provide a copy of my verification when I<br />

have completed the three inoculations.<br />

Date submitted:<br />

[ ] I do NOT want to be tested for Hepatitis B immunity, but I do plan to seek<br />

immunization through my private doctor or by a health care facility and I will provide a<br />

copy of my verification when I have completed the three inoculations.<br />

Date submitted:<br />

[ ] I am already immunized and will provide verification.<br />

Date submitted:<br />

[ ] I have decided not to pursue immunization for Hepatitis B even though I understand I<br />

am at some risk of contracting this disease. Therefore, with my signature below I am<br />

releasing and hold harmless <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> and all clinical facilities of any<br />

responsibility for my exposure to or contracting of Hepatitis B.<br />

Sign and Date, have Witness Sign and Date:<br />

____________________________________________________________________________<br />

<strong>Student</strong> Signature<br />

Date<br />

____________________________________________________________________________<br />

Witness Signature<br />

Date


Instructions:<br />

<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> Allied Health Division<br />

Hepatitis A Vaccine Status<br />

A copy of your immunization record is to be included in your clinical<br />

notebook for examination by clinical personnel during your orientation process to each new<br />

clinical facility and the second copy is to be provided to the program director for filing in your<br />

personal file.<br />

I have received the Allied Health Department's communication concerning Hepatitis A. I understand that<br />

vaccination is indicated for me because of the possibility that I may be exposed to Hepatitis A in the course and<br />

scope of my clinical training and future employment. I have also been advised as to the potentially dangerous<br />

risks and consequences of my failure to be tested and receive the vaccination at this time.<br />

I have also been advised that a clinical facility has the right to refuse my student clinical assignment if I have not<br />

been immunized - even if I sign a waiver of liability.<br />

My signature below constitutes my acknowledgment:<br />

A. That the testing procedure and vaccination set forth has been adequately explained to me and that I<br />

have received all of the information I desire concerning such procedure and vaccination; and<br />

B. That I have read, understand and agreed to the testing and/or vaccination procedure indicated below.<br />

Check One:<br />

[ ] I plan to be tested to determine Hepatitis A immunity. If test results indicate immunity, I will provide<br />

verification, otherwise I plan to seek immunization through my private doctor or by a health care facility<br />

and I will provide a copy of my verification when I have completed the two inoculations.<br />

Date submitted:______________<br />

[ ] I do NOT want to be tested for Hepatitis A immunity, but I do plan to seek immunization through my<br />

private doctor or by a health care facility and I will provide a copy of my verification when I have<br />

completed the two inoculations.<br />

Date submitted:______________<br />

[ ] I am already immunized and will provide verification.<br />

Date submitted:______________<br />

[ ] I have decided not to pursue immunization for Hepatitis A even though I understand I am at some risk of<br />

contracting this disease. Therefore, with my signature below I am releasing and hold harmless <strong>Merced</strong><br />

<strong>College</strong> and all clinical facilities of any responsibility for my exposure to or contracting of Hepatitis A.<br />

Sign and Date, have Witness Sign and Date:<br />

________________________________________________________________________________________<br />

<strong>Student</strong> Signature<br />

Date<br />

________________________________________________________________________________________<br />

Witness Signature<br />

Date


MERCED COLLEGE<br />

LIABILITY RELEASE-ASSUMPTION OF RISKS FORM<br />

I have read the attached statement about hepatitis B and the hepatitis B<br />

vaccine. I have had an opportunity to ask questions and understand the<br />

benefits and risks of hepatitis B vaccination as well as the risks of not receiving<br />

the vaccination. I do not wish to receive the vaccination series at this time and<br />

voluntarily assume the risks inherent in not receiving the vaccine series and<br />

hereby further release <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>, its officers, employees and agents from<br />

any and all liability, loss or damage that I may suffer or incur from whatever<br />

source in the event of any actual or potential exposure or infection due to my<br />

decision not to receive the vaccination.<br />

STUDENT HEPATITIS B VACCINE DECLINATION<br />

I understand that due to my occupational exposure to blood or other potentially<br />

infectious materials. I may be at risk of acquiring hepatitis B virus (HBV)<br />

infection. I have been advised of the importance of being vaccinated with<br />

hepatitis B vaccine from a licensed health care provider. However, I decline<br />

hepatitis B vaccination at this time. I understand that by declining this vaccine, I<br />

continue to be at risk of acquiring hepatitis B, a serious disease. If in the future<br />

I want to be vaccinated with hepatitis B vaccine, I understand that I will need to<br />

receive the vaccination series from a license health care provider.<br />

_________________________________________<br />

Printed Name of <strong>Student</strong><br />

________________________________________________<br />

Signature of <strong>Student</strong><br />

_________________________<br />

Date<br />

________________________________________________<br />

Signature of Witness<br />

_________________________<br />

Date


APPENDIX B:<br />

<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Sonography Program<br />

Remediation Plan and Outcome<br />

<strong>Student</strong>:<br />

Semester/Year:<br />

UNSATISFACTORY OBJECTIVE(S) : Unsatisfactory evaluation for SONO _____<br />

As of today, your progress report grade averages out to the following:<br />

Total Points Possible = xx<br />

Percentage Grade = xx %<br />

Total Points Received = xx<br />

Grade = xx<br />

PLAN:<br />

[ ] Counseling - instructor [ ] Suspension for days<br />

[ ] Counseling - outside referral [ ] Dismissal<br />

[ ] Letter of concern [ ] Clinical reassignment<br />

[ ] Probation<br />

[ ] Increase clinic performance evaluation to every two weeks for a total of ______ weeks.<br />

[ ] Increase didactic performance evaluations as noted: ___________________________<br />

As listed in the course outline, the lowest percentage grade a student may receive and still pass the<br />

course is 75%. Your _____ % performance is below this figure and is a cause for concern. This<br />

evaluation is being conducted at this time in order to alert you to a potential problem in remaining in<br />

the DMS Program. As stated in your student handbook, a student must pass each DMS course with a<br />

“C” grade” or better in order to remain enrolled in the DMS Program. In order to ensure your<br />

continued enrollment, your test scores or clinic performance must dramatically improve.<br />

SUGGESTED RESOURCES and ACTIVITIES:<br />

1. Re-evaluate your schedule (home/work/school/recreation) and see where you can modify your<br />

schedule in order to spend more time studying.<br />

2. Involve yourself in a DMS student group session with your classmates.<br />

3. Speak up more when you have a question otherwise it’s assumed we can move onto the next<br />

topic.<br />

4. Seek a special tutorial assistance through the Tutorial Center. (384-6271)<br />

5. If there is a possibility that you may have an undiagnosed learning disability, contact the<br />

Disabled <strong>Student</strong> Services Office for information about getting tested. (384-6155)<br />

6. Spend some time in the Computer Lab and/or classroom and review available computerized<br />

software.<br />

FOLLOW-UP CONFERENCE TO BE HELD:<br />

STUDENT COMMENTS: __________________________________________________________<br />

________________________________________________________________________________<br />

________________________________________________________________________________<br />

________________________________________________________________________________


______________________________________________<br />

Instructor's Signature<br />

Date<br />

______________________________________________<br />

<strong>Student</strong>'s Signature<br />

Date<br />

REMEDIATION OUTCOME:<br />

Follow-up Conference Notation:<br />

Has overcome deficiencies and now meets objectives and or requirements, no further<br />

action required.<br />

Has not overcome deficiencies and does not meet objectives and or requirements, see<br />

below for follow-up remediation action.<br />

[ ] Continuation of remediation plan recommended<br />

FOLLOW-UP CONFERENCE TO BE HELD:<br />

[ ] Dismissal<br />

Additional Comments:<br />

REMEDIATION FOLLOW-UP ACTION<br />

<strong>Student</strong> Comments:<br />

_________________________________________________________________________________<br />

Instructor’s Signature<br />

Date<br />

_________________________________________________________________________________<br />

<strong>Student</strong>’s Signature<br />

Date<br />

********************************************************************************************************************<br />

*<br />

FINAL REMEDIATION ACTION<br />

[ ] Has overcome deficiencies and now meets objectives and or requirements, no further action<br />

required.<br />

[ ] Did not overcome deficiencies and does not meet objectives and or requirements and is<br />

therefore being dismissed from the program.<br />

_________________________________________________________________________________<br />

Instructor’s Signature<br />

Date<br />

_________________________________________________________________________________<br />

<strong>Student</strong>’s Signature<br />

Date


APPENDIX C:<br />

Academic Honesty Procedure<br />

Academic dishonesty is a violation of the <strong>Student</strong> Code of Conduct and is handled by the Vice-<br />

President of <strong>Student</strong> Personnel.<br />

<strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> has the responsibility to ensure that grades assigned are indicative of the<br />

knowledge and skill level of each student. Acts of academic dishonesty make it impossible to<br />

fulfill this responsibility, and they weaken our society. Faculty, students, administrators, and<br />

classified staff share responsibility for ensuring academic honesty in our college community and<br />

will make a concerted effort to fulfill the following responsibilities.<br />

Faculty Responsibilities<br />

Faculty have a responsibility to encourage academic honesty in their classrooms. In the<br />

absence of academic honesty, it is impossible to assign accurate grades and to ensure that<br />

honest students are not at a competitive disadvantage. Faculty members are encouraged to do<br />

the following:<br />

1. Explain the meaning of academic honesty to their students.<br />

2. Include information about academic honesty in their course syllabi.<br />

3. Conduct their classes in a way that discourages cheating, plagiarism and other<br />

dishonest conduct.<br />

4. Confront students suspected of academic dishonesty and take appropriate disciplinary<br />

action in a timely manner (see "Procedures for Dealing with Violations of Academic<br />

Honesty" which follow.)<br />

<strong>Student</strong> Responsibilities<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s share the responsibility for maintaining academic honesty. <strong>Student</strong>s are expected to<br />

do the following:<br />

1. Refrain from acts of academic dishonesty.<br />

2. Refuse to aid or abet any form of academic dishonesty.<br />

Administrative Responsibilities<br />

1. Disseminate the academic honesty policy and the philosophical principles upon which it<br />

is based to faculty, students, and staff.<br />

2. Provide facilities, class enrollments, and/or support personnel which make it practical<br />

for faculty and students to make cheating, plagiarism and other dishonest conduct<br />

nearly impossible.<br />

3. Support faculty and students in their efforts to maintain academic honesty.<br />

Classified Staff Responsibilities<br />

1. Support faculty, students, and administration in their efforts to make cheating,<br />

plagiarism and other dishonest conduct nearly impossible.<br />

2. Notify instructors and/or appropriate administrators about observed incidents of<br />

academic dishonesty.<br />

Examples of Violations of Academic Honesty<br />

Academic dishonesty includes cheating, plagiarism, collusion, misuse of college computers and<br />

software, and other dishonest conduct as outlined below. It is not limited to the following<br />

examples:<br />

Cheating<br />

1. Obtaining information from another student during an examination.<br />

2. Communicating information to another student during and examination.<br />

3. Knowingly allowing another student to copy one's work.<br />

4. Offering another person's work as one's own.<br />

5. Taking an examination for another student or having someone take an<br />

examination for oneself.<br />

6. Sharing answers for a take-home examination unless specifically authorized<br />

by the instructor.


7. Using unauthorized materials (such as notes or "cheat sheets") or<br />

unauthorized equipment (such as dictionaries or calculators) during and<br />

examination.<br />

8. Altering a graded examination or assignment and returning it for additional<br />

credit.<br />

9. Having another person or a company do the research and/or writing of an<br />

assigned paper or report.<br />

10. Misreporting or altering the data in laboratory or research projects.<br />

Plagiarism<br />

1. Purposefully presenting as one's own the ideas, words, or creative product of<br />

another.<br />

2. Carelessly or through lack of knowledge presenting as one's own the ideas,<br />

words, or creative product of another.<br />

3. Purposely failing to credit the source for direct quotations, paraphrases, ideas,<br />

and facts which are common knowledge.<br />

4. Failing to credit the source for direct quotations, paraphrases, ideas, and facts<br />

which are common knowledge through carelessness or lack of knowledge.<br />

5. Changing only slightly the wording of another.<br />

6. Using another person's catchy word of phrase.<br />

7. Paraphrasing without using proper citations.<br />

8. Copying word-for-word.<br />

9. Cut and paste from the internet.<br />

Collusion<br />

1. Knowingly or intentionally helping another student perform an act of academic<br />

dishonesty.<br />

Misuse of <strong>College</strong> Computers and Software<br />

1. Unauthorized use of computer accounts.<br />

2. Unauthorized copying of programs or data belonging to others.<br />

3. Making, acquiring, or using unauthorized software on college equipment.<br />

4. Using college computers to play computer games when other users need the<br />

resources.<br />

5. Attempting to crash the system.<br />

6. Removing licensed software from offices, classrooms, labs, and the library.<br />

7. Using the computers or telecommunications systems in a way that interferes<br />

with the use of those systems by others.<br />

8. Using the computers or telecommunications systems for personal or for-profit<br />

ventures.<br />

Other Dishonest Conduct<br />

1. Stealing or attempting to steal an examination or answer key.<br />

2. Stealing or attempting to change official academic records.<br />

3. Forging or altering grade change cards.<br />

4. Intentionally impairing the performance of other students laboratory samples<br />

or reagents, by altering musical or athletic equipment, or by creating a<br />

distraction meant to impair performance.<br />

5. Forging or altering attendance records.<br />

6. Supplying the college with false information.<br />

Action by the Instructor<br />

1. An instructor who has evidence that an act of academic dishonesty has occurred shall<br />

notify the student of such evidence by speaking with the student or notifying the student<br />

in writing.<br />

2. AFTER notifying the student and giving him or her the chance to respond, the instructor<br />

may take one or more of the following disciplinary actions:


A. Issue and oral reprimand (for example, in cases where there is reasonable<br />

doubt that the student knew that the action violated the standards of academic<br />

honesty). No report form is necessary.<br />

B. Give the student an "F" grade, zero points, or a reduced number of points on all<br />

or part of a particular paper, project, or examination. A written memo of this<br />

action (Use "Academic Dishonesty Report" Form) is to be sent to the Vice-<br />

President of <strong>Student</strong> Personnel and a copy to the Vice- President of Instruction.<br />

C. Assign an "F" to the student for the course in cases where the dishonesty is<br />

more serious, premeditated, or a repeat offense. A written memo (Use<br />

"Academic Dishonesty Report" Form) must be completed by the instructor and<br />

sent to the Vice-President of <strong>Student</strong> Personnel and a copy to the Vice<br />

President of Instruction.*<br />

*NOTE:<br />

A grade of "F" assigned to a student for academic dishonesty will not be final if<br />

the student chooses to drop the course before the 14th week of the semester.<br />

In that case, the student would receive a "W" grade on his transcript.<br />

Action by the Administration<br />

1. Upon receipt of the first Academic Dishonesty Report Form concerning a student the<br />

Vice-President of <strong>Student</strong> Personnel shall send a letter of reprimand to the student<br />

which will inform the student that<br />

- Academic dishonesty is grounds for academic disciplinary probation for the remainder<br />

of his or her career at <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>.<br />

- Another incident of academic dishonesty reported by any instructor shall result in a<br />

hearing by the <strong>Student</strong> Discipline Committee and may result in a one-year suspension<br />

from the college.<br />

- The student may make an appointment with the Vice-President of <strong>Student</strong> Personnel to<br />

discuss the incident and its ramifications.<br />

2. Upon receipt of a second Academic Dishonesty Report Form concerning a student, the<br />

Vice-President of <strong>Student</strong> Personnel shall immediately refer the student to the <strong>Student</strong><br />

Discipline Committee. If the Committee finds the charges to be valid, the Committee<br />

will suspend the student for one calendar year (two full semesters and one summer<br />

session).<br />

3. For more serious incidents of academic dishonesty, the Vice-President of <strong>Student</strong><br />

Personnel will meet with the student and immediately take appropriate disciplinary<br />

action or refer the student to the <strong>Student</strong> Discipline Committee. Offenses warranting<br />

suspension on the first offense include, but are not limited to, the following:<br />

- Taking an examination for another student or having someone take an<br />

examination for oneself.<br />

- Altering a graded examination or assignment and returning it for additional<br />

credit.<br />

- Having another student or a company do the research and/or writing of an<br />

assigned paper or report.<br />

- Stealing or attempting to steal an examination or answer key.<br />

- Stealing or attempting to change official academic records.<br />

- Forging or altering grades.<br />

4. If, after a student returns from a suspension for Academic Dishonesty, the Vice-<br />

President of <strong>Student</strong> Personnel receives yet another Academic Dishonesty Report<br />

Form, the Vice-President of <strong>Student</strong> Personnel shall recommend to the <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Superintendent/President that the student be expelled from the District.<br />

NOTE: Disciplinary actions which are taken by the Vice-President of <strong>Student</strong> Personnel<br />

or the <strong>Student</strong> Discipline Committee and which are based on alleged cheating may be<br />

appealed as specified in the <strong>Student</strong> Grievance Policy. (This Academic Honesty Policy has<br />

been adapted from the Academic Honesty Policy of Golden West <strong>College</strong> with permission.)


APPENDIX D:<br />

<strong>Student</strong>’s Consent to Background Clearance and Drug Screening<br />

Background Clearance:<br />

A background clearance will be required upon acceptance into the program and possibly<br />

once each year thereafter. This will include criminal offense, criminal history, sex<br />

offender check and social security trace The results for the SSN trace come from more<br />

than 300 public sectors. They are from things like electric/water company accounts,<br />

deed records, change of address forms and so forth. It is quite common for these traces<br />

to return no results. This is not a SSN VERIFICATION, only a trace of where your SSN<br />

may have been used.<br />

These traces are generally used for the purpose of gathering additional information about<br />

your previous residences and possible alternate names. If you would like to have this<br />

search cleared for aesthetic purposes, you may obtain an official Social Security<br />

Administration document from your local SS office and fax it to American DataBank (303-<br />

573-1779) and have them mark your search as clear. For the purposes of your<br />

background check, this is not something that reflects poorly on you.<br />

Drug Screening:<br />

It is the policy of our clinical facilities to require drug screening of Diagnostic Medical<br />

Sonography student assignees for the purpose of detecting drug abuse, and that one of<br />

the requirements for consideration of placement within our clinical facilities is<br />

satisfactorily passing of a drug screening test. The student will be responsible for any<br />

costs incurred in obtaining drug screening clearance(s) for student placement(s).<br />

<strong>Student</strong>s may be required to repeat the drug screening clearance with each new clinical<br />

assignment (3-4 assignments throughout the program).<br />

A clinical facility may request a random drug screening. Failure to comply with a random<br />

drug screening request are grounds for clinical and program dismissal. The student will<br />

not be held responsible for any random drug screening fees. A positive drug screening<br />

test may lead to dismissal from the clinical facility and the program.<br />

Therefore, for the purpose of being considered for student placement at the clinical<br />

facilities, I hereby agree to provide drug screening clearance documentation from an<br />

approved provider. I understand that I will be responsible for any costs incurred in<br />

obtaining drug screening clearance(s) for student placement.<br />

I understand that failure to pass the initial drug screening or any subsequent drug<br />

screening (including a random drug screening) may cancel admission or enrollment to<br />

the program.<br />

_______________________________________________________<br />

<strong>Student</strong> Signature<br />

(Date signed)<br />

_________________________________________________________<br />

Witness Signature<br />

(Date signed)


APPENDIX E:<br />

<strong>Student</strong> Acceptance Statement<br />

of<br />

Diagnostic Medical Sonography Program<br />

<strong>Student</strong> Policies and Procedures<br />

Having read all of <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>’s Diagnostic Medical Sonography<br />

Program <strong>Student</strong> Policies and Procedures <strong>Handbook</strong> with care, I both<br />

understand and accept the responsibilities of my role as a Sonography<br />

student at <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>. I understand that my clinical responsibilities<br />

are specifically detailed in the Clinical Competency Evaluation <strong>Handbook</strong>.<br />

The content of this handbook may be subject to change throughout the<br />

program. You will be provided a hard copy of any revised provisions. It is<br />

your responsibility to keep these new provisions in your handbook at all<br />

times.<br />

<br />

<strong>Student</strong>’s Signature_______________________<br />

Date __________<br />

Witness _______________________________<br />

Date _________


APPENDIX F:<br />

Diagnostic Medical Sonography<br />

Clinical Rotation Acknowledgement<br />

My signature below is given as evidence that I am fully aware the Diagnostic Medical<br />

Sonography Program will, upon completion of the required, sequential curriculum<br />

including successful passage of laboratory practical examinations, provide me with four<br />

assigned clinical affiliation rotations.<br />

I further understand:<br />

1. The specific rotation location is not guaranteed.<br />

2. Only clinical sites having been recruited by <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong>, and that hold signed<br />

affiliation agreements, will be used for Sonography Rotations.<br />

3. Refusal of any rotation will relieve <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> from any further placement<br />

responsibilities.<br />

4. There is no guarantee of a stipend, or employment at any assigned rotation.<br />

5. I am responsible to purchase and wear the appropriate uniforms at my clinical site.<br />

6. Clinical rotations are completed in all but the first term in the DMS program.<br />

7. All clinical hours shall be completed. Any missed hours shall be made up at the<br />

assigned rotation prior to the end of that term.<br />

8. Clinical hours, times, and days may vary at each location. I am responsible to<br />

attend all scheduled days and times. Arrival time may begin at 6:00 am, departure<br />

may be 9:00 pm, and weekend rotations may be required.<br />

9. I shall maintain strict confidentiality of all medical records, and follow all HIPAA<br />

policies.<br />

10. Should I incur a physical disability, including pregnancy, a clinical rotation may be<br />

placed on hold until I submit a physician’s release for “return to work” to the<br />

Program Director and/or the Manager/Director of the clinical affiliation. It is my<br />

responsibility to inform the DMS Program Director of any possible disability, either<br />

current or acquired, that would prohibit successful completion of the clinical aspect<br />

of the program.<br />

11. I understand that I am responsible for additional background and/or drug screening<br />

checks may be required for any clinical affiliation.<br />

12. I understand that I am responsible for my transportation to and from all assigned<br />

clinical experiences. The DMS program will make a concerted effort to keep<br />

affiliations within a 100 mile radius of the <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> campus.<br />

13. I will maintain a current CPR card throughout the DMS program.<br />

14. I will keep required vaccinations and other medical screenings current throughout<br />

the DMS program.<br />

15. I will abide by all programmatic and clinical affiliation policies.<br />

16. I will follow HIPAA compliance policies<br />

17. I will follow programmatic dress code policy.<br />

18. I understand that successful completion of the entire sequential clinical experience,<br />

and all sequential Sonography courses are required to earn a Certificate of<br />

Achievement in Sonography.<br />

______________________________<br />

<strong>Student</strong> Signature<br />

________________________<br />

Date


APPENDIX G: Clinical Orientation<br />

1. Clinical Competency:<br />

a. [ ] Review of prior completed clinical competencies<br />

(refer to Clinical Competency <strong>Handbook</strong>)<br />

b. [ ] Discussion of student's perceived strengths & weaknesses<br />

Please list:<br />

c. [ ] Discussion of specific clinical training goals for student by facility<br />

Please list:<br />

2. Review of <strong>Student</strong> Information Updates:<br />

(refer to Clinical Competency Evaluation <strong>Handbook</strong>)<br />

a. [ ] Flu / MMR / Tdap / Varicella vaccination date<br />

b. [ ] Malpractice Coverage - Covered by <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> Policy<br />

c. [ ] CPR card expiration date<br />

d. [ ] TB expiration date<br />

e. [ ] Hepatitis A/B vaccination status<br />

f. [ ] Background Check clearance results<br />

g. [ ] Drug Screening clearance results<br />

3. Code of Ethics - Confidentiality Standards:<br />

a. [ ] Review program standards as listed in the Clinical Competency Evaluation<br />

<strong>Handbook</strong><br />

b. [ ] Review any specific clinical standards, as necessary<br />

4. Supervision Reminder:<br />

a. [ ] Direct Supervision - a qualified sonographer shall be present during the<br />

performance of the procedure<br />

b. [ ] Indirect Supervision - a qualified sonographer is immediately available to<br />

assist the student in the adjacent room or location where an ultrasound<br />

examination/procedure is being performed<br />

c. [ ] Required Supervision for Repeats - always performed under direct<br />

supervision<br />

5. Absences or Tardiness in the Clinical Area:<br />

a. [ ] Who, when, and where to notify<br />

b. [ ] Absenteeism make-up


6. Location of <strong>Student</strong> Assignment:<br />

a. [ ] Where posted, specific objectives, etc.<br />

7. Communications during Clinical Assignment:<br />

a. [ ] Contact in case of emergency<br />

b. [ ] Making outside phone calls (land-line & cell)<br />

c. [ ] Contacting and working with other students<br />

8. Health and Safety Procedures:<br />

a. [ ] Fire regulations<br />

b. [ ] Codes (resuscitation team)<br />

c. [ ] Security guard services<br />

d. [ ] Reporting accidents and incidents (including exposure to bloodborne<br />

pathogen needlesticks or pathology)<br />

e. [ ] Emergency Disaster Response Plan<br />

f. [ ] Hand washing, gloving, and PPE Policies<br />

g. [ ] Standards Precautions & Transmission-Based Precautions<br />

9. Dress Code:<br />

a. [ ] Discussion of dress code according to facility's guidelines, in particular scrub<br />

colors; appropriate OR scrub usage; hair; nails; body art, etc. Please review<br />

and apply <strong>Merced</strong> <strong>College</strong> Sonography Dress Code, when appropriate.<br />

10. Office Protocol:<br />

a. [ ] How to answer phone<br />

b. [ ] Filing/PACS<br />

c. [ ] Emergency phone numbers<br />

11. Information About Hospital:<br />

a. [ ] History<br />

b. [ ] Bed capacity<br />

c. [ ] Administrative personnel<br />

d. [ ] Conference room facilities<br />

12. Meal & Rest Breaks:<br />

a. [ ] Times and duration of meals and coffee breaks<br />

(maximum 30 min. lunch & must take break & lunch, no early release)<br />

<strong>Student</strong> MUST complete all required programmatic clinical hours as per<br />

our Accreditation Requirements<br />

b. [ ] Provisions for students carrying lunches


13. Locker and Washroom Facilities:<br />

a. [ ] To include proper location for books, outer clothing, purses and valuables<br />

storage.<br />

b. [ ] Both male and female<br />

14. Learning Resource Materials:<br />

a. [ ] Library: rules and privileges (Facility - if applicable/Department)<br />

15. Parking and Building Entrance Regulations:<br />

a. [ ] Includes both day time and evening rules<br />

b. [ ] Entrance to building requirements, if applicable.<br />

16. Orientation to Department:<br />

a. [ ] Review of routine views for procedures<br />

b. [ ] Patient transportation procedures to and from department<br />

c. Operation of equipment:<br />

(1) [ ] Sonographic equipment<br />

(2) [ ] Workstations<br />

(3) [ ] PACS<br />

d. Operation of special equipment:<br />

(1) [ ] Monitors, I.V.'s, Oxygen, etc.<br />

e. Location of equipment and supplies:<br />

(1) [ ] Scanning gel<br />

(2) [ ] Contrast media documentation, if applicable<br />

(3) [ ] Immobilization aides<br />

(4) [ ] Thermographic paper, if applicable<br />

(5) [ ] Biopsy, aspiration, localization supplies<br />

(6) [ ] Emergency cart/supplies<br />

(7) [ ] Linens<br />

(8) [ ] Other accessory items: needles, syringes, tourniquets, I.V. tubing, emesis<br />

basins, bandaging materials, etc.<br />

17. Orientation to Other Departments:<br />

a. [ ] Emergency Department - ED<br />

b. [ ] Operating Room - OR


c. [ ] CCU/ICU/NICU/Peds<br />

d. [ ] Lab<br />

e. [ ] Central Supply<br />

18. Introduction to Key Personnel:<br />

a. [ ] Radiologist(s)<br />

b. [ ] Department Manager/Supervising Technologist<br />

c. [ ] Staff Technologists & Sonographers<br />

d. [ ] Key Ancillary Staff<br />

19. Statement of Responsibility:<br />

a. [ ] Review student’s statement of responsibility document located in<br />

the Clinical Competency <strong>Handbook</strong><br />

20. Schedule:<br />

a. [ ] Who generates weekly schedule?<br />

b. [ ] When does the work week start? (Sunday-Saturday or<br />

Saturday-Sunday, etc.)<br />

c. [ ] Will weekend hours be included in schedule? If so, when?<br />

My signature below indicates that I have reviewed and understand each statement above. Should I<br />

have questions regarding any of the above, I will be sure to ask the Clinical Preceptor, Department<br />

Manager or the Personnel Department for clarification prior to signing.<br />

<strong>Student</strong>’s Signature<br />

Date<br />

Clinical Preceptor’s Signature<br />

Program Director/Clinical Coordinator/Clinical Supervisor<br />

Date<br />

Date

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!